269
A CRITICAL REVIEW OF BROAD BASED BLACK ECONOMIC EMPOWERMENT POLICY IMPLEMENTATION IN THE FOREST SECTOR IN AMAHLATHI MUNICIPALITY SURAJ HARUNA SUBMITTED IN FULFILMENT FOR THE DEGREE: DOCTOR OF ADMINISTRATION FACULTY OF MANAGEMENT AND COMMERCE DEPARTMENT OF PUBLIC ADMINISTRATION UNIVERSITY OF FORT HARE SUPERVISOR: PROFESSOR EDWIN IJEOMA OCTOBER 2017

A CRITICAL REVIEW OF BROAD BASED BLACK ECONOMIC

  • Upload
    others

  • View
    1

  • Download
    0

Embed Size (px)

Citation preview

Page 1: A CRITICAL REVIEW OF BROAD BASED BLACK ECONOMIC

A CRITICAL REVIEW OF BROAD BASED BLACK ECONOMIC

EMPOWERMENT POLICY IMPLEMENTATION IN THE FOREST SECTOR IN

AMAHLATHI MUNICIPALITY

SURAJ HARUNA

SUBMITTED IN FULFILMENT FOR THE DEGREE:

DOCTOR OF ADMINISTRATION

FACULTY OF MANAGEMENT AND COMMERCE

DEPARTMENT OF PUBLIC ADMINISTRATION

UNIVERSITY OF FORT HARE

SUPERVISOR: PROFESSOR EDWIN IJEOMA

OCTOBER 2017

Page 2: A CRITICAL REVIEW OF BROAD BASED BLACK ECONOMIC

i

DECLARATION

I, Suraj Haruna, hereby declare that the thesis entitled: A Critical Review of Broad Based

Black Economic Empowerment Policy Implementation in the forest sector in Amahlathi

Municipality is my own original work, except where indicated in terms of acknowledgement;

and it has not been submitted for any other degree in any other university.

……………………………………. ……………………………….

Signed Date

Page 3: A CRITICAL REVIEW OF BROAD BASED BLACK ECONOMIC

ii

ABSTRACT

African countries have become synonymous with policy drafters and abortive policy

implementers. After independence from long period colonialism, slavery and apartheid, African

states policy administrators began putting in place policies to improve either the living

conditions of citizens or the inequities emanating from the administration of colonial

governments. However, these policies do little to naught to meet the aforementioned goals.

The Free Education Systems in Nigeria and Ghana, and the Indigenization Policy in Zimbabwe

are examples of policies that experienced miscarriage of policy implementation in the past.

This study therefore, aspires to explore the Broad Based Black Economic Empowerment policy

implementation in the forest sector and specifically identify bottlenecks in the implementation

processes in South Africa.

Qualitative approach was used in order to meet the primary and secondary objectives of the

study. Semi structured interview questions were administered to relevant companies,

institutions and the municipality which were purposely sampled to capture the processes of the

BBBEE implementation.

The study revealed that measured entities are complying with the prescript of the policy but

that finance and a continuous policy amendment presents a bottleneck in the implementation

dynamics. Lastly, labour intensive measured entities find it impossible to meet the skills

development element due to high cost of training. These results suggest that the value

envisaged is not being met.

The study also found that verification agencies are effectively providing their watchdog function

in the implementation of the policy however the use of technology is non-existent in monitoring

the process. Finally the study found that agencies are hired by measured entities to verify their

BBBEE status which presents a huge inducement for both parties to collude. It also found that

Page 4: A CRITICAL REVIEW OF BROAD BASED BLACK ECONOMIC

iii

the policy is implemented in a top-down approach hence municipalities have been relegated

from the implementation process.

The study recommends decentralization of the policy in a strategy called Local Economic

Equity for the Disadvantaged (LEED) which involves the expertise of white South Africans and

permanent resident people in order to build truly inclusive society envisaged by the

Constitution of South Africa. Additionally, it recommends the use of technology dubbed e-

BBBEE to implement the policy.

Page 5: A CRITICAL REVIEW OF BROAD BASED BLACK ECONOMIC

iv

ACKNOWLEDGEMENTS

A work of this nature could not have been produced without assistance of some sort. I wish to

therefore acknowledge a few people and institutions that helped in the realisation of this

research work. I am indebted beyond measure to the Almighty God for affording me the

excellent health throughout this programme.

I would like to thank my supervisor Professor E. O.C. Ijeoma as well as the Research

Committees of Department of Public Administration and Faculty of Management and

Commerce for their constructive critique and directions; this helped re-aligned my originally

diffused ideas into perspective.Your valuable support helped me to successfully complete this

study. I would also want to express my sincere gratitude to the staff of C. J. Rance (Pty) Ltd.

especially the Group Services Manager, Mr. Davron Swift for giving me all the time out of his

busy working schedules for the interview and furnishing me with the necessary documents for

my scrutiny. I would like to also extend my profound gratitude to Amahlathi Municipality‟s

Strategic Development and Planning unit for their unwavering assistance.

I finally would like to extend my sincere thankfulness to my wife (Hamida Kalimashe) and

children for their unceasing and unflinching support towards my academic works all these

years.

Page 6: A CRITICAL REVIEW OF BROAD BASED BLACK ECONOMIC

v

LIST OF ACRONYMS

AA Affirmative Action

ACF Advocacy Coalition Framework

AFC Amathole Forestry Company

AFSC Amended Forest Sector Charter

AIM Amanah Ikhtiar Malaysia

ANC African National Congress

ARG Adjusted Recognition for Gender

B-BBEE Broad Based Black Economic Empowerment

BCIC Bumiputera Commercial and Industrial Community

BEE Black Economic Empowerment

BEECom Black Economic Empowerment Commission

BEN Black Economic Enablement

BMF Black Management Forum

CCFP Conversion of Cropland to Forests Program

CEPPWAWU Chemical Energy Paper Printing Wood and Allied Workers Union

CIPC Company and Intellectual Property Commission

COSATU Congress of South African Trade Unions

CRLR Commission on Restitution of Land Rights

CSR Corporate Social Responsibility

CWP Community Work Programme

DAFF Department of Agriculture, Forestry and Fisheries

DEA Department of Environmental Affairs

Page 7: A CRITICAL REVIEW OF BROAD BASED BLACK ECONOMIC

vi

DLA Department of Land Affairs

DoA Department of Agriculture

DoL Department of Labour

DPE Department of Public Enterprises

DRDLR Department of Rural Development and Land Reform

DTI Department of Trade and Industry

DWAF Department of Water and Forestry

DWAS Department of Water Affairs and Sanitation

EEA Employment Equity Act

EED Economic Empowerment for the Disadvantaged

EIA Environmental Impact Assessment

EMEs Exempted Micro Enterprises

Esop Employee share ownership programme

FAWU Food and Allied Workers' Union (FAWU)

Fedmyn Federale Volkseleggings and Federale Mynbon

FETA Forest Education and Training Authority

FFA Federal Forest Act

FSA Forestry South Africa

FSC Forest Sector Charter

GDP Gross Domestic Product

GEAR Growth, Employment and Redistribution

GEPF Government Employees Pension Fund

HICOM Heavy Industries Corporation of Malaysia

Page 8: A CRITICAL REVIEW OF BROAD BASED BLACK ECONOMIC

vii

ICA Industrial Coordination Act

IDC Industrial Development Corporation

ITTO International Tropical Timber Organisation

LED Local Economic Development

LEED Local Economic Equity for the Disadvantaged

NBS National Biodiversity Strategy

NDP National Development Plan

NEF National Empowerment Fund

NEMA National Environmental Management Act

NEP New Economic Policy

NFAC National Forests Advisory Council

NFPP Natural Forest Protection Program

NHBRC National Home Builders Registration Council

NP National Party

NRF National Research Fund

NYDA National Youth Development Agency

OEAE Once Empowered Always Empowered

PAMSA Paper Manufacturers Association of South Africa

PDA Petroleum Development Act

PFMA Public Finance Management Act

PIC Public Investment Corporation

PNB Permodalan Nasionale Berhad

PPPFA Preferential Procurement Policy Framework Act

Page 9: A CRITICAL REVIEW OF BROAD BASED BLACK ECONOMIC

viii

QSE Qualifying Small Enterprise

RDP Reconstruction and Development Plan

SAFCA South African Forestry Contractors Association

SAMAF South African Micro-Finance Fund

SANAS South Africa National Accreditation System

SAQA South African Qualifications Authority

SARB South Africa Reserve Bank

SARS South African Revenue Services

SAUPA South African Utility Pole Association

SAWPA South African Wood Preservers Association

SDA Skills Development Act

SDF Stutterheim Development Foundation

SDLA Skills Development Levies Act

SEDA Small Enterprise Development Agency

SETAs Sector Education and Training Authorities

SFM Sustainable Forest Management

SME Small and Medium Enterprise

SMMEs Small Medium and Micro Enterprises

SOE State Owned Enterprise

SSA Sawmilling South Africa

SSP Sector Skills Plan

STATSSA Statistics South Africa

WCNRDP Wildlife Conservation and Nature Reserve Development Program

Page 10: A CRITICAL REVIEW OF BROAD BASED BLACK ECONOMIC

ix

WWF World Wide Fund

Page 11: A CRITICAL REVIEW OF BROAD BASED BLACK ECONOMIC

x

LIST OF FIGURES

Figure number Page

Figure 2.1: The Strategic Triangle of public value creation 17

Figure 2.2: Advocacy Coalition Framework 21

Figure 2.3: The Six-variable model of policy implementation 26

Figure 2.4: Matland‟s Conflict/Ambiguity matrix of policy implementation 36

Figure 2.5: The 5 C Protocol 39

Figure 3.1: Investing in a BBBEE policy destination 102

Figure 4.1: Organisational Structure of SDF 127

Figure 6.1: Fire Destruction before and after Acquisition 173

Figure 6.2: BBBEE Scores for the Measured Entity 174

Figure 6.3: Role of BEE Verification Agencies in BBBEE Implementation 175

Figure 6.4: Implementation Strategy of the Forestry Company 176

Figure 6.5: Features of a Genuine BBBEE Certificate 191

Figure 7.1: Information Flow within e-BBBEE Implementation 209

Page 12: A CRITICAL REVIEW OF BROAD BASED BLACK ECONOMIC

xi

LIST OF TABLES

Table Number Page

Table 3.1: Components of the Generic BBBEE Scores and Weightings

for the Forest Sector 66

Table 3.2: Elements For Qualifying Small Enterprises (QSE‟S) 67

Table 3.3: Activities that Constitute an Enterprise Development 89

Table 3.4: Forest Sector BBBEE Generic Scorecards 92

Table 4.1: Values of SFM 107

Table 4.2: Forest Plantation Distribution by Province 112

Table 4.3: Forest Plantation Ownership in South Africa 113

Table 4.4: Scope of Poverty Alleviation in the Forest Sector 116

Table 4.5: Minimum Wage for Forestry Sector from 2016 to 2019 117

Table 4.6: Targets and achievements of NEP 1970-1990 (in percentage) 134

Table 4.7: Percentage of Bumiputera educational enrolment between

1980 and 1985 136

Table 4.8: Employment of Bumiputeras in various professions in 1995 138

Page 13: A CRITICAL REVIEW OF BROAD BASED BLACK ECONOMIC

xii

TABLE OF CONTENTS

Content Page

Declaration i

Abstract ii

Acknowledgements iv

List of acronyms v

List of Figures ix

List of Tables x

Table of Contents xii

CHAPTER ONE: INTRODUCTION 1

1.1 Introduction 1

1.2 Background to the Study 3

1.3 Problem Statement 5

1.4. Aim of the Study 6

1.5. Objectives of the Study 6

1.5.1 Primary Objective 6

1.5.2 Secondary objectives 7

1.5.3 Research Questions 7

1.6 Significance of the Study 8

1.7 Clarification of terms 9

1.8 Chapter organization 10

1.9 Conclusion 11

Page 14: A CRITICAL REVIEW OF BROAD BASED BLACK ECONOMIC

xiii

CHAPTER TWO: LITERATURE REVIEW 12

2.1 Introduction 12

2.2 Theoretical framework 12

2.2.1 The theory of policy cycle 12

2.2.2 Empowerment as public value orientation 15

2.2.3 The Advocacy Coalition Framework approach to policy implementation 19

2.3 The concept of Policy implementation defined 22

2.3.1 Evolution of policy implementation studies 23

2.3.2 The first generation 24

2.3.3 The second generation 24

2.3.4 The third generation 25

2.3.5 The Top-down approach to policy implementation 25

2.3.6 The Bottom-up approach to policy implementation 29

2.3.7 Combined approaches to policy implementation 33

2.4.1 Matland‟s Types of Policy Implementation 37

2.5 Critical variables determining the success of policy implementations:

The 5 C protocol 39

2.6. Conclusion 45

CHAPTER 3: LEGISLATIVE FRAMEWORK OF THE STUDY 47

3.1 Introduction 47

3.1.1 the Apartheid Economy 48

3.1.2 The Apartheid Economic Model 49

3.1.3 Disempowerment of Black Africans 52

Page 15: A CRITICAL REVIEW OF BROAD BASED BLACK ECONOMIC

xiv

3.1.4 The End of Apartheid System 55

3.2 The BBBEE Policy 58

3.3 Empirical Review 63

3.4 Elements and Requirements of FSC Generic BBBEE Codes 64

3.4.1 FSC Targets under the Ownership Element 68

3.4.1.1 Barriers to the Ownership Element Implementation 70

3.4.2 Component 2: Management Control of the FSC 10 BEE points 73

3.4.3 Component 3: Employment Equity 15 BEE points 76

3.4.4 Component 4: Skills development 15 BEE points 80

3.4.5 Component 5: Preferential procurement 20 BEE points 82

3.4.6 Component 6: Enterprise development- 15 BEE points 86

3.4.7 Component 7: Socio-economic development - 5 BEE points 90

3.5 The Amended Forest Sector Charter of the BBBEE Act (Act No. 53 Of 2003) 91

3.6 Bottlenecks to FSC Implementation and Verification 93

3.7 Penalties for the Contravention of the BEE Amendment Act No. 46 of 2013 96

3.8 Effects of the BEE policy implementation on businesses and

Foreign Direct Investment 97

3.9 Conclusion 103

CHAPTER 4: BEST PRACTICES IN THE FOREST SECTOR AND CASE STUDIES 104

4.1 Introduction 104

4.2 International Best Practices On Sustainable Forestry Management 104

4.2.1 Sustainable Forest Management 105

4.2.2 SFM in Germany 108

Page 16: A CRITICAL REVIEW OF BROAD BASED BLACK ECONOMIC

xv

4.2.3 SFM in China 109

4.3 South Africa‟s Forest Sector: Basic Facts 112

4.3.1 SFM in South Africa 113

4.4 Contribution of Forest Sector in Rural Communities 115

4.5 Local Economic Development: A Review and Case Study of Amahlathi Municipality 119

4.5.1 Constituents of LED 120

4.5.2 Stutterheim Development Foundation (SDF) 126

4.5.3 The Inception Phase: 1990-95 126

4.5.4 Transformation Phase: 1995-1998 128

4.6 New Economic Policy of Malaysia: 1971-1990 130

4.6.1 Strategies Implemented To Reduce Poverty 132

4.6.2 Strategies to Achieve a Well-Structured Society 135

4.6.3 Restructuring Access to Education 135

4.6.4 Restructuring through Employment of Bumiputeras 137

4.6.5 Reorganization of Society through Share Ownership 138

4.6.6 Successes of the NEP 140

4.6.7 Failures of the NEP 141

4.7 Conclusion 143

CHAPTER FIVE: RESEARCH METHODOLOGY AND DESIGN 144

5.1 Introduction 144

5.2 The Philosophical Foundations 144

5.2.1 Ontological Assumptions 145

5.2.1.1 Objectivism 145

Page 17: A CRITICAL REVIEW OF BROAD BASED BLACK ECONOMIC

xvi

5.2.1.2 Subjectivism 146

5.2.2 Epistemological Assumptions 146

5.2.2.1 Positivism 148

5.2.2.2 Realism 148

5.2.2.3 Interpretivism 148

5.2.3 Philosophy Adopted in this Study 149

5.3 The Research Design 150

5.4 The Research Methodology 151

5.4.1 Qualitative Method 152

5.4.2 The Research Approach- Inductive Research 154

5.4.3 Purpose of the Study- Exploratory Study 155

5.4.4 Designing the Semi-Structured Interview Themes 156

5.4.5 Pilot Study 157

5.4.6 Gaining access to the organizations and institutions 158

5.4.7 Administering the interview questions 160

5.5 Dealing with Validity and reliability of the Study 161

5.5.1 Credibility 161

5.5.2 Transferability 162

5.5.3 Dependability 163

5.5.4 Confirmability 163

5.6 Target Population and Sample Size 162

5.6.1 Sampling Procedure- Non Probability Sampling 162

5.6.2 Purposive Sampling 163

Page 18: A CRITICAL REVIEW OF BROAD BASED BLACK ECONOMIC

xvii

5.7 Ethical considerations 164

5.8 Limitations of the Research 165

5.9 Conclusion 166

CHAPTER SIX – RESULTS AND DISCUSSION OF FINDINGS 167

6.0 Introduction 167

6.1 Data Collection 167

6.2 Participants 169

6.3 Data Analysis- Content Analysis 170

6.4 Findings 170

6.4.1 Progress with FSC of BBBEE Implementation 170

6.4.2 Level of Compliance of Measured Entities 176

6.4.2.1 Verifying Ownership Code 178

6.4.2.2 Verifying Management Control Code 179

6.4.2.3 Verifying Employment Equity Scorecard 180

6.4.2.4 Verifying Skills Development Code 181

6.4.2.5 Verifying Preferential Procurement Code 182

6.4.2.6 Verifying the Implementation of Enterprise Development Code 184

6.4.2.7 Verifying the Socio-Economic Development Code 186

6.4.3 Effectiveness of Monitoring Implementation Processes 187

6.4.4 BBBEE Implementation Bottlenecks 189

6.4.5 Recommended Implementation Strategies 192

6.6 Discussions 193

6.7 Conclusion 197

Page 19: A CRITICAL REVIEW OF BROAD BASED BLACK ECONOMIC

xviii

CHAPTER SEVEN: CONCLUSIONS AND RECOMMENDATIONS 197

7.1 Introduction 197

7.2 Overview of the Study 197

7.3 Summary of Findings 198

7.3.1 Findings from Amahlathi Municipality 199

7.3.2 Findings from the Measured Entities 200

7.3.3 Findings from Verification Agencies 200

7.4 Recommendations 200

7.4.1 Jeffery‟s Economic Empowerment for the Disadvantaged (EED) 200

7.4.2 Madi‟s Black Economic Enablement (BEN) 200

7.4.3 Local Economic Equity for the Disadvantaged (LEED) 204

7.4.4 e-BBBEE 206

7.4.5 Environmental sustainability 207

7.5 Areas of further research 208

7.6 Conclusion 208

8. Bibliography 209

Page 20: A CRITICAL REVIEW OF BROAD BASED BLACK ECONOMIC

1

CHAPTER 1: INTRODUCTION

1.1 INTRODUCTION

Recent developments in the field of economic empowerment have led to a renewed

interest in BBBEE regarding its ability to capacitate indigent South Africans. This

reawakened interest is evidenced by the numerous catchphrases such as “radical

economic transformation”, “inclusive growth”, “Black Industrialist Programme”, and

“radical economic shift” calling for transformation of the economy. This signals the

eagerness of the previously disempowered to equally access the economic

opportunities offered by the economy as their white counterparts. In response, public

administrators are doubling efforts to bring them on board to bolster economic growth

combined with economic equity. Developing countries including South Africa develop

policies normally necessitated by many years of either colonialism or apartheid as such,

the need for rapid improvement of living conditions of people (Imurana, Haruna and

Kofi, (2014:196). The authors stress that implementation of such policies are

nevertheless confronted with implementation bottlenecks such as lack of capacity,

deficiency of funds and lack of the political will to effectively execute them. Makinde,

(2005:63) emphasizes that policy implementation should be viewed not be seen as a

political football but a process of organizing policy into practice including putting

resources together to convert inputs-financial, material, technical, and human, into

output-public goods and services. The author outlines actions necessary in the

implementation process including giving directives, reforming the policy, disbursing

funds, hiring, training and developing personnel. Edwards III, (1980) concedes that the

bottlenecks can occur when policy implementation tend to be inconsistent with stated

Page 21: A CRITICAL REVIEW OF BROAD BASED BLACK ECONOMIC

2

objectives, nonetheless a meticulously planned implementation averts much of the

holdups (Quoted in Makinde, 2005:64).

South Africa‟s constitution upholds Justice, non-discriminatory policies, redistribution

and restitution to correct the injustices designed by the oppressive government

legislations and policies of the past. Some of the remedial action policies developed by

the current democratic government include the Affirmative Action (AA), the

Reconstruction and Development Plan (RDP), Preferential Procurement Policy

Framework Act (PPPFA), and Black Economic Empowerment (BEE) (Van Rensburg,

2010:46). These policies seek to formulate strategies to transform the living conditions

of all South Africans particularly the previously disadvantaged, the destitute, and

imposes steps to close the economic gap between the haves and have-nots. Benjamin

et al. (2005: 3) acknowledge that the means of achieving economic equality through

government policies may be disputable but it is only through these comprehensive

policies that can transform the white-dominated economy. Acemoglu, Gelb, & Robinson,

(2007:2) equally believe the transformation of the economy, skills development,

restructuring ownership of businesses, increased productivity are key objectives of

these policies, hence must be sustained, and keenly implemented.

Le Roux & Nortje, (2015:4) contrary to the above, assert that the sustainable method of

confronting the challenges constraining the economy cannot be addressed through

simple implementation of redistributive procedures. In other words, sustained economic

growth is the indisputable mechanism to address the challenge of economic inequality

and it is the responsibility of the government to support various economic sectors to

steer the envisaged growth.

Page 22: A CRITICAL REVIEW OF BROAD BASED BLACK ECONOMIC

3

1.2 BACKGROUND TO THE STUDY

Forestry management that empowers local communities about and sustains biodiversity

is critical to alleviate poverty and mitigate climate change. In this regard, the BBBEE

has a charter specifically drafted for sustainable forest management with the vision of

opening up opportunities for surrounding communities where forest resources are

situated. Clarke and Isaacs (2004:3), point out that the charter provides a far-reaching

avenue to uplift the rural areas from poverty but equitable share of the proceeds from

the resource remains unsatisfactory and imbalance. The authors further notes that this

imbalance must be confronted to empower local communities.

Besides, Coad, Campbell, Miles, and Humphries, (2008:2) stress that prudent

management of forest resources be it private or public reduces inequality, sustains

livelihoods, conserves natural environment, and improves the lives of indigent groups.

The authors are quick to add that refusal to properly manage these resources to the

benefit of impoverished communities can escalate poverty to a highest level. This brings

to fore the role of policy makers to honourably develop policies to either make the

positive change associated with forest resources a reality or take the back seat to allow

impoverished communities wallow in abject poverty.

The Forest Sector Charter (FSC) drafted about a decade ago is one of such policies to

permit forest communities access to the fortunes that comes with the natural resource.

However, data about the performance of the FSC is scanty and to some extent,

nonexistent. According to a report compiled by the Department of Labour (DoL)

(2015:3) the forest sector has made significant changes in terms of improved working

Page 23: A CRITICAL REVIEW OF BROAD BASED BLACK ECONOMIC

4

conditions of workers and in rooting out poverty in surrounding communities however

the issue value share, ownership and contract workers has not been fully address.

Explicitly, Amahlathi Municipality is endowed with abundant forest resources yet cannot

quantify the benefits these resources provide them. The question now is that: is forest

firms not complying with the statute or are they not implementing it as required? Is the

FSC not effective enough to bring about the positive change to communities? Is

verification agencies who provide a watchdog function to ensure compliance reneging

on their supervisory role? This study intends to look for answers to these questions in

order to give a vivid understanding of the situation.

1.3 PROBLEM STATEMENT

The Department of Trade and Industry (DTI) gazetted the Forest Sector Charter (FSC)

of the BBBEE in May 2009 and expected companies in the forest sector to meet its

targets by 2019 (Jeffery, 2014:421). The objectives of the FSC was to promote

investment in the sector by providing access to finance, nurture black people to

increase their economic activities in the sector and empower rural black communities

economically through access to land, address rural development issues, proprietorship,

skills and promote sustainable use of resources (FSC, 2009:4). Even though the date

for the current codes has not elapsed, DTI is introducing a new BEE targets for the

sector with an increased focus on the youth, the disabled and women, making it more

difficult if not impossible for firms to achieve. The revised draft code is currently in the

public domain for comments in accordance with section 9 (5) of the BBBEE Act No. 46

of 2013 (Draft Amended Forest Sector Code, 2015:4).

Page 24: A CRITICAL REVIEW OF BROAD BASED BLACK ECONOMIC

5

Despite this planned policy reform, there is scanty information as to how the forest

sector adhered to the existing policy, the transformation progress it achieved in

developing rural areas, the challenges confronting it and the benefits thereof for firms

that presently complying with the policy. Although studies have been conducted by

many authors focusing on other charters, the FSC is still insufficiently explored. Of

particular importance is the concern that the policy implementation is vague as there are

no well-defined effective implementing agencies and their responsibilities. The core

research problem to be explored is that the FSC implementation has not transformed

the forest sector to meet the objectives set out in the policy and this poses huge

challenge to the sustainability of the sector.

The study will explore how firms in the forest sector are implementing the FSC policy,

identify holdups to the successful implementation of the policy, establish the

effectiveness of implementing agencies and to recommend best practices to enhance

better implementation strategies to meet the ambitions established in the policy.

1.4 AIM OF THE STUDY

The government of South Africa with the backing of the section 9 (2) of the constitution

is legally bound to devise various measures to significantly reduce the challenges of

poverty, inequality and unemployment characterising a segment of the population. This

study is generally aimed at exploring how the BBBEE policy is being implemented to

achieve the goals outlined in the policy. The study intends to untangle the blockages in

the implementation of BBBEE policy with specific focus on the FSC companies in the

Page 25: A CRITICAL REVIEW OF BROAD BASED BLACK ECONOMIC

6

forest sector, determine the success stories of the compliant companies and assess

their level of responsiveness to the policy.

1.5. OBJECTIVES OF THE STUDY

In order to achieve the aims of the study, the objectives have divided into primary and

secondary.

1.5.1 PRIMARY OBJECTIVE

The research will principally focus on how the implementation of the FSC policy has

either positively or negatively transformed the growth of companies; consolidate the

progress companies have made in applying the policy; and evaluate the effectiveness of

implementing officials.

1.5.2 SECONDARY OBJECTIVES

To achieve the main objectives, the study will pursue the following secondary

objectives;

To ascertain the level of compliance and the improvements forest sector

companies have made in the implementation of the BBBEE in the Municipality,

To unravel the bottlenecks in the BBBEE policy implementation of the forest

sector in Amahlathi Municipality,

To recommend better implementation strategies and approaches in addressing

the gaps experienced in policy implementation of the BBBEE by forest sector

companies in Amahlathi Municipality.

Page 26: A CRITICAL REVIEW OF BROAD BASED BLACK ECONOMIC

7

1.5.3 RESEARCH QUESTIONS

The questions this study aspires to provide answers to include:

To what extent are forest sector companies adhering to and complying with the

BBBEE policy in practice in Amahlathi Municipality?

Are there any implementation bottlenecks that impede the forest sector in their

quest to implement the BBBEE policy and how are the bottlenecks affecting the

successful implementation of the policy in Amahlathi Municipality?

How is the pitfalls associated BBBEE policy implementation being addressed by

companies in the forest sector as well as the policy makers to create more

value?

1.6 THE SIGNIFICANCE OF THE STUDY

The study has both theoretical and empirical significance. Theoretically, the study will

provide insight into processes that form the basis for successful implementation and

attainment of the BBBEE policy intent. It intends to dissect the current BBBEE policy

implementation with international standard, report any anomalies that will be observed

and recommend best global practices that will in the end complement scholarship to the

knowledge-base of implementation theory. The study will be guided by tested theories

that will lay the foundation for intellectual discourse in policy implementation.

Empirically, the data gathered from the study will determine whether the goals of the

BBBEE policy are being achieved and if all actors are in harmony with one another in

the implementation process. The findings will also determine whether the current

implementation capacity is effective to achieve the policy objectives. This will quell the

Page 27: A CRITICAL REVIEW OF BROAD BASED BLACK ECONOMIC

8

naysaying relationship among researchers, entrepreneurs, academics, public

administrators and politicians regarding B-BBEE and its implementation. It will

admonish policymakers to move away from purely developing policies toward practically

apply them strictly and rigorously to meet the aspirations of people. This study is

intended to offer the academic means of assessing the implementation of the FSC.

This study will endeavour to clarify all misconceptions, elucidate various avenues for

proper representation of all South Africans by providing best alternatives to its

implementation. The outcome will add to the academic and intellectual base of the

public administration discipline as this research is principally educational.

The study will be imperative to establish whether the existing key elements that are

applicable to the forest sector are actually attainable and if there are any holdups

thereof. This will be starting point for public administrators and policymakers to establish

measures to ensure that these policies are adhered to consistently. This research will

hence go a long way to contribute to fascinating on-going debate among researchers,

legislators, analysts and municipal administrators.

Finally, the conclusions will solely base on theoretical framework and empirical data that

will assist in giving an objective recommendation relevant to implementation processes

in general.

1.7 DEFINITION OF TERMS

Economic empowerment: “a process that increases people‟s access to and control

over economic resources and opportunities including jobs, financial services, property

and other productive assets (from which one can generate an income), skills

Page 28: A CRITICAL REVIEW OF BROAD BASED BLACK ECONOMIC

9

development and market information” (Economic Empowerment of Women and Girls,

2012. Quoted by Davis, 2014:4).

BBBEE: it is comprehensive, socio-economic process, found in the national

transformation agenda specifically the Reconstruction and Development Programme

(RDP) with the aim of rectifying the inequities of the past by seeking to significantly and

rightfully transferring and conferring the possession, managing and control of South

Africa‟s financial and economic resources to the majority of the citizens (Acemoglu et al.

2007:4).

Measured Entity: “an Enterprise as well as an organ of state or public entity subject to

measurement under the Codes.”

Public policy: Comprise the actions and indecisiveness of government, meaning its

failure to act is itself a policy (Imurana et al., 2014:198)

Policy Implementation: “those actions by public or private individuals (or groups) that

are directed at the achievement of objectives set forth in the prior policy decisions” (Van

Meter & Van Horn, 1975:147).

Public administration: the planning, organising, developing, controlling and

implementation of government policies (http://global.britannica.com/topic/public-

administration/2015/10/03).

Black person: “refers to people who are African, Coloured and Indian South Africans,

that is, all those whose participation in the economy was limited through racially

Page 29: A CRITICAL REVIEW OF BROAD BASED BLACK ECONOMIC

10

discriminatory laws of pre-1994 governments” (Department of Water and Forestry

[DWAF], 2007: 4).

1.8 CHAPTER OUTLINE

The study begins with chapter one to chapter seven the structure of which is as follows:

CHAPTER ONE

This chapter provides introductory notes the topic of the dissertation. It commences with

introduction, background to the study, and problem statement. The rest of the chapter

outlines the aims and rational of the study, the objectives of the study, significance and

the outline of the study.

CHAPTER TWO

Chapter two reviews literature and provide a theoretical framework to support the

research study. In this regard, the theories of policy cycle, the advocacy coalition

framework and the theory of public value creation will be discussed. It will further

evaluate the definition of the concept of policy implementation, the approaches to policy

implementation, types and factors influencing policy implementation.

CHAPTER THREE

This chapter interrogates the legislative framework of the study. It will deliberate the

factors that triggered the development of the BBBEE policy, define the policy in relation

to the forest sector and assess each of the seven elements of the code with regards to

what it entails.

Page 30: A CRITICAL REVIEW OF BROAD BASED BLACK ECONOMIC

11

CHAPTER FOUR

This chapter will focus on global best practices in the forest sector by appraising

sustainable forest management in Germany, China and South Africa. It will continue to

uncover the development path of Stuttherheim (the capital of Amahlathi Municipality)

under its years of Local Economic Development (LED). Finally the chapter will discuss

the case of Malaysia‟s National Economic Policy (NEP).

CHAPTER FIVE

The methodology of the study starting from the type of data, the philosophical

viewpoints, the sampling procedure as well as the ethical considerations of the research

will be outlined in this chapter.

CHAPTER SIX

The chapter will present findings to the study, interpretation of the findings, discussion

of the findings and conclusion to the study. It starts with how data will be collected,

identification of participants and how data will be analysed.

CHAPTER SEVEN

The final chapter focuses on the overall conclusion and recommend classical strategies

to effectively implement the policy. It will also specify areas of further research to give

future researchers areas which need further scrutiny.

Page 31: A CRITICAL REVIEW OF BROAD BASED BLACK ECONOMIC

12

1.9 CONCLUSION

The chapter has been straight-forward in identifying the background to the study,

problem statement, aims and objectives of the study. It specified why the study should

be conducted in the form of significance of the study as well as how the study is to be

organised. The next chapter will review literature about theories of policy

implementation as well as the conceptual framework of the study.

Page 32: A CRITICAL REVIEW OF BROAD BASED BLACK ECONOMIC

13

CHAPTER TWO: LITERATURE REVIEW

2.1 INTRODUCTION

Public policy without implementation is fundamentally a collection of terminologies,

novels and works of fiction. This section sets off with policy implementation theories to

dissect when, how and why policies are implemented, reformed and redefined. It further

highlights the key concepts in implementation studies with emphasis on relationship

between the top-down, bottom-up and the hybrid approaches. The next section of this

chapter discusses Matlands ambiguity/conflict matrix which lends itself in the types of

policy implementation. Before concluding this chapter, the 5 C protocol to policy

implementation will be discussed.

2.2 THEORETICAL FRAMEWORK

Theoretical framework is relevant to offer a study of this nature a clear focus and

hypothetical foundation for the review of implementation studies as well as the BBBEE

policy. In addition, it sets out the concept of policy implementation to be delineated

within the scope of this study. To this end, the theories of policy cycle, the theory of

public value creation and Advocacy Coalition Framework are deliberated to provide

comprehension to the study.

2.2.1 THE THEORY OF POLICY CYCLE

The theory of policy cycle which was first promoted by Lasswell (1956:525) focuses on

policy as a process with functional stages. The model holds that government policy

processes consists of seven stages specifically, “intelligence, promotion, prescription,

Page 33: A CRITICAL REVIEW OF BROAD BASED BLACK ECONOMIC

14

invocation, application, termination and appraisal.” Laswell‟s theory is extremely useful

because it sheds insight on the difficult problem of monitoring implementation processes

thus dubbed it the “mother of policy implementation theories” that forms the basis for the

development of variety of policy processes. Howlett & Ramesh, (2003:231) agreeing

with this school of thought, view public policy science as solving problems in an overtly

standard and multi-disciplinary approach. Though researchers (see Jann & Wegrich

2008:43) acknowledge the importance of this theory, several attempts have been made

to reduce the stages to five namely ‗agenda setting, policy formulation, decision making,

implementation, and evaluation‘.

The agenda setting involves identification of social conditions that have fledged into

social problems (mostly identified through research, investigation, or observation) which

eventually advance into “public problem” and need swift intervention of public

administrators and citizens (Kingdon 1995:154). Lemieux, (2002:21) undertakes that

this stage is critical in that any slip-up in specifically identifying the social problem may

impact (negatively) on the entire policy implementation process. In agreement with this

contention, Baumgartner & Jones (2003:10) add that problem identification is relevant in

order to give it the required attention since all social problems cannot be attended to

simultaneously.

The next stage of policy formulation involves the translation of the problems identified

into government plans with the estimated resources to achieve the stated plans (Jann et

al., 2008:43). In making this comment, the authors debate that decision-making process

about formulating policies encompasses solicitous analysis with reference to possible

solutions, merits and demerits prior to their acceptance or rejection.

Page 34: A CRITICAL REVIEW OF BROAD BASED BLACK ECONOMIC

15

The implementation stage of the policy science is putting into practice the policy

formulated and this is executed by applying the directives from policymakers (Savard &

Banville, 2012:2). It is necessary here to clarify exactly what is meant by

implementation. O‟Toole (2000:266) defines this concept as “what happens between the

establishment of an apparent intention on the part of the government to do something,

or to stop doing something, and the ultimate impact in the world of action”. The essence

of O‟Toole‟s definition exposes two intricacies; first, policies are seldom executed by

policy makers, hence discrepancies may occur; second the enforcement of the policy is

affected by the ideologies, thinking, interests and perception of the enforcer which may

distort the intents of the policy (Megie, 2004:283) both of which may affect the

compliance with the policy.

The policy cycle is incomplete without evaluating the intended projected results and

unintentional consequences that might arise from the policy implementation

consequently the final stage of the policy cycle are evaluation and ultimately,

termination. Savard et al., (2012:2) expound that the intended outcome of the policy

cycle is appraised to determine if the problem has been holistically solved or partially

reduced. Above all, it is a fact-finding and evidence-based procedure to ascertain

attainment of the statement of policy intent. Hood, (2002:24) insists the implication of

this stage is twofold: if the outcome is auspicious, leads to policy-learning and policy

reinforcement; if inauspicious, policy termination, policy reform or policy change is

prescribed. O‟Toole (2000:263) on the other hand differs with evaluation as a stage

noticing that is it on-going process throughout the lifespan in diverse perspective of the

cycle but not restricted to only this stage. Policy is terminated if the intended problem is

Page 35: A CRITICAL REVIEW OF BROAD BASED BLACK ECONOMIC

16

eliminated or the accepted policy is found to be ineffectual in solving the problem or

difficult to enforce in real world conditions. In short, Geva-May (2004: 309) put the

process of policy termination as “why policies and programs „live on‟ although they have

„outlived their usefulness.‟”

Although this is the most comprehensive account of the theory produced so far, it does

suffer from a number of flaws. One major drawback of this approach is the chronological

pattern in which the implementation process is arranged (Sabatier, 1999:15). Sabatier &

Jenkins-Smith, (1993:121) likewise criticised that real world processes habitually

overlap and scarcely occur in a sequence as explicated by the theory hence impossible

to differentiate among the stages.

2.2.2 EMPOWERMENT AS PUBLIC VALUE ORIENTATION

The theory of public value is a framework developed by Mark Moore in 1995 to analyse

the value created by public administrators to the society (Bromell, 2012:16) through the

development and implementation of policies and has currently become an

administrative philosophy for public administrators. Moore (1995:73) was ostensibly the

first to use and define public value as “a framework that helps us connect what we

believe is valuable . . . and requires public resources, with improved ways of

understanding what our „publics‟ value and how we connect to them”. For Meynhardt,

(2009:4), public value theory is a philosophy that an organisation, be it public or private

is mandated to provide stakeholder value. The above definitions are close to that of

Bozeman (2007: 117) who expresses it as “a complex and broad-based assessment of

an object or set of objects (where the objects may be concrete, psychological, socially

Page 36: A CRITICAL REVIEW OF BROAD BASED BLACK ECONOMIC

17

constructed, or a combination of all three) characterized by both cognitive and emotive

elements, arrived at after some deliberation, and because a value is part of the

individual‟s definition of self, it is not easily changed and it has the potential to elicit

action”. The definitions articulated by Moore and Bozeman reveal the subjective and

relative nature of what is considered „value‟ in that value is based on individual‟s

background, circumstances, emotions and perceptions.

Nabatchi, (2012:3) cautions not confuse „public value‟ with „public values‟ hence

differentiates that the former is the evaluation of the administrative duties of government

appointees in relation to their impact on the society whereas the latter is the belief

systems, moral standards and principles held by public servants in rendering services to

societies. Put differently, public values are about the ethical conduct of public servants

whereas public value is the result of public management‟s actions and activities

(Witesman, 2016:1). Moore (1995:73) points out that public value is realised only when

public policies, administrative tactics and actions “are politically legitimate, feasible, and

sustainable, operationally possible and practical, and of substantive value to the

citizenry.” Accordingly, Bozeman (2007:13) shift the theory from management-centred

approach to social-outcomes approach regarding: the privileges, prerogatives, and aids

entitled to citizens; the state‟s responsibility and obligations to citizens and vice-versa;

and more importantly, the philosophies underpinning government policies.

The principal notion of the framework is found in what is christened “Strategic triangle”

with three distinct mutually dependent processes illustrated in Figure 2.1

Page 37: A CRITICAL REVIEW OF BROAD BASED BLACK ECONOMIC

18

FIGURE 2.1: THE STRATEGIC TRIANGLE OF PUBLIC VALUE CREATION

Source: (Moore, 1995:71)

Specify public value: This vertex contextually defines the specific „public value

outcome‟ to be achieved. The first strategy is the specification of public value outcome

indicating the objectives and aims of government policies. According to Benington and

Moore, (2011: 4) value is considered a priority of the society that is believed to be

deleteriously militating against their lives.

Authorising environment: The second strategy is that large proportion of the

population and government must support the policy. The persistent support of the public

to authorise and legitimise the implementation of the policy intent is paramount to

achieving the public value. By the same token, efforts be must aligned with the

stakeholders- stated the public sector, private sector, the community and the not-for-

Page 38: A CRITICAL REVIEW OF BROAD BASED BLACK ECONOMIC

19

profit sector by „authorizing the environment‟ to support actions needed to attain the

value outcome (Benington et al. 2011: 5).

Operational capacity: The last vertex of the triangle operational capacity highpoints

resources that must be employed to achieve public value. Williams & Shearer, (2011:5)

believe one most important resource that improves operational efficiency and

effectiveness in modern times is technology as well as skilled human resources all of

which are limited in supply. Benington, et al. (2011:5) recommends that capacity must

be built by harnessing and mobilising resources internally and externally to strengthen

operations in order to ensure public policies are altruistically implemented to attain the

desired outcome.

The question that then naturally arises is how public value is created in practice. To

create value, Moore (1995:18) maintains managers must have the liberty to exercise

innovative decision-making skills and that citizens ought to be acquainted with the

public value creation in itself so as to keep them in the value-creation loop. To

guarantee this, Moore emphasise organisational settings must determine managerial

actions, stakeholders such as industry groups must be involved in decision-making

processes that affect their operations and policymakers must repeatedly search for

value-making opportunities within the context of their milieu (Moore, 1995:24).

Critics of this theory highlight that disagreements may arise as to which public value

outcome should be achieved and its subsequent resource allocation may degenerate

into conflicts (Nabatchi 2012:2). The theory fails to point out that community demands

differ at any given period of time. For instance, topmost public value in one community

can be of less importance to other communities. Another confusion that is unaddressed

Page 39: A CRITICAL REVIEW OF BROAD BASED BLACK ECONOMIC

20

by the theory is that it could not spell out that conflict may rise due to disagreements

with means to achieve the public value.

2.2.3 THE ADVOCACY COALITION FRAMEWORK APPROACH TO POLICY

IMPLEMENTATION

The Advocacy Coalition Framework (ACF) is a theory developed by Sabatier and

Jenkins to manage problems, technical disputes, goal conflict and multiple actors of

policy implementation (Sabatier & Weible, 2012:189). The motive behind this theory is

to close the gap between the perceived differences between top-down and bottom-up

approaches, to infuse scientific knowledge in the policy process (Sotirov & Memmler,

2010:4). The assumption is that policy participants must specialize within ‘policy subsystem’

due to the complex nature of policy-making practically and legally in recent times. Kingdon

(1995:245) conceptualizes a subsystem as comprising of legislators, agency officials,

researchers, journalists as well as other actors representing different organisations and legal

experts who mediate in the subsystem. Sabatier and Weible emphasize that researchers play

pivotal role in policy process because the expert advice offered helps in modifying policy

participants’ beliefs and misconceptions.

Furthermore, the theory proposes that policy change should be thought of only after at least a

decade, because participants’ beliefs are unbroken within this period rendering any change

difficult. Sabatier and Jenkins-Smith (1999:135-136) thus distinguish between mature subsystem

and nascent subsystem. While the former is a set of participants who regard themselves as a

‘semi-autonomous community who share an expertise in a policy domain and who have sought

to influence public policy in that domain for an extended period agencies,’ the latter is a

Page 40: A CRITICAL REVIEW OF BROAD BASED BLACK ECONOMIC

21

developing system that is experiencing instability in its broader political system and battling with

technical knowhow in the subsystem. Classic examples of nascent subsystems according to ACF

are developing countries characterized by political instability, lack of trained personnel and

prevalence of avarice.

The theory highlight the importance of forming networks within subsystems in order to ensure

success of policy implementation in what is termed ‘advocacy coalitions’ (Sabatier et al.,

2012:196). The coalition established must be devoid of any nontrivial disputes and coordinate

actors to believe in similar policy objectives. Sabatier, (1999:120) argue that ‘advocacy

coalitions provide the most useful tool for aggregating the behavior of the hundreds of

organizations and individuals involved in a policy subsystem over periods of a decade or more.’

The attributes of this theory are traits of policies in practice but has become a source of much

scholarly debate and criticism because it reveals a number of shortcomings. One major drawback

of this approach is that interest groups certainly form coalitions for self-interest purposes instead

of greater interest of the coalition. For instance, nascent subsystems in developing countries trade

in coalitions for voter maximization.

Moreover, although research has illuminated advocacy coalitions as undisputable way of policy

success, coalitions may tend to unite to act as political foes particularly if they have access to

undisclosed funding, resulting in implementation bottlenecks. Another debate triggered by

ACF particularly is the notion that policy change should take a minimum of a decade.

Grin, Hoppe, & Van de Graaf (1997:4) allude that policy change is somewhat

unavoidable and spontaneous process that is triggered by politics or policy subsystems.

FIGURE 2.2: ADVOCACY COALITION FRAMEWORK

Page 41: A CRITICAL REVIEW OF BROAD BASED BLACK ECONOMIC

22

Source: (Sabatier & Weible, 2012:192)

The above three theories will guide the study but particular attention will be given to the

theory of public value creation as it reverberates well with the aims of the study. The

next section dissects concepts pertaining to policy implementation and its approaches.

2.3 THE CONCEPT OF POLICY IMPLEMENTATION DEFINED

Like any other concept, public policy implementation has received many interpretations

and understandings due to lack of consensus about components of the concept to give

Page 42: A CRITICAL REVIEW OF BROAD BASED BLACK ECONOMIC

23

it a vivid meaning. Paudel (2009:36) assert that the concept is inevitably exasperating to

define because of the differences in principles, values and institutional settings that cut

across diverse geographical locations. To reduce the degree of uncertainty about this

terminology, it is prudent to start off with defining public policy. According to a definition

provided by Imurana et al. (2014:198) public policy comprises of decisions and

indecisiveness of government, meaning its failure to act is itself a policy. In

unpretentious terms, government policy is its both unwritten and written-down strategy.

Also important are the concepts of policy reform and policy change where the former is

a quantum change involving „the process of improving the performance of existing

systems and of assuring their efficient and equitable response to future changes‟

(Berman 1995: 27) whereas the latter is a minor steady amendment to the policy to

permit innovative ideas (Cerna, 2013:4).

The mind-numbing and intricate aspect of policy cycle after successful policy

development is its implementation. Some of the first implementation researchers to

define the concept were Pressman & Wildavsky (1984: xxi) who delineate it as official-

laid down activities geared towards achieving stated objectives outlined in public

policies. the authors state that it commences with setting up goals, specifying actions of

all actors and continuously interacting with the goals and actions. The most precise

definition that will be adopted in this study defines policy implementation as “those

actions by public or private individuals (or groups) that are directed at the achievement

of objectives set forth in the prior policy decisions” (Van Meter & Van Horn, 1975:147).

Here, the authors specifically named the actors involved in the implementation process

including the government, individuals, groups and organizations who transform and

Page 43: A CRITICAL REVIEW OF BROAD BASED BLACK ECONOMIC

24

interpret public policies into practice operationally to add sturdy changes authorized by

the policy.

Hill & Hupe (2008:7) posit that policy and its contents can be considerably modified,

significantly expounded and expressively annulled in the implementation stage as socio-

economic and geo-political factors demand. Implementing a policy may achieve the

desired result or totally fail. To avert policies from implementation botch, Bressers

(2004:286) remarks that there must be cooperation between all parties, prevent conflict

between actors, and stakeholders must be willing to learn supportively to promote

coalitions. In an attempt to make distinction between policy implementation in third

world and first world countries, Elezi, (2013:3) stipulates that unlike first world countries

where policy implementation is straightforward because of the incremental nature of

their policy development, third world countries lack the experience, constructive

legacies, effective succession plans and perhaps the overloaded ambition to effect

change for political power.

2.3.1 EVOLUTION OF POLICY IMPLEMENTATION STUDIES

The philosophy of policy implementation is still in early stages but is thought to have

emerged through three different generations: the first ranging from 1970‟s to 1980‟s; the

second from 1980‟s to 1990‟s; and finally the third generation ranging from 1990

onwards (Paudel, 2009:38).

2.3.2 THE FIRST GENERATION (1970’s to 1980’s)

The first generation of the implementation research which emerged in the United States

was based on the assumption that policies once developed, would automatically

Page 44: A CRITICAL REVIEW OF BROAD BASED BLACK ECONOMIC

25

translate into desired results (Liedl, 2011:6). It used „one size fit all‟ approach, focusing

on applying one policy on multiple locations rather than modifying them to meet

location-specific needs (Goggin, Bowman, Lester, & O‟Toole, 1990:13). Actors thought

to be implementing policies in line with intents of the policy without any consideration for

their efficiency and little attention given to process of implementation as the policy was

only seen as a mere statement (Hill & Hupe, 2002: 42). Pulzl & Treib (2006:89) contend

that although the first generation of policy implementation processes recorded

numerous failures which caused distrust about the implementation studies, it laid the

foundation for theoretical development of the discipline as it raised awareness about the

pessimism surrounding it.

2.3.3 THE SECOND GENERATION (1980’s to 1990’s)

The second generation of the implementation research began theorizing frameworks for

the process and distinguished the relationship between policy statements and their real-

world implementations which served vital lesson for policy analysis (Pulzl et al.,

2006:89). It besides opposed the notion that policy implementation is a simple

straightforward procedure but a complex multifaceted in nature. Winter (2003:206)

disclose that it is during this period that popular implementation theories, top-down and

bottom-up approaches evolved and till now, they are the most popular theories in the

discipline.

2.3.4 THE THIRD GENERATION (1990 onwards)

The third generation combined features of the theories of top-down and bottom in order

to make them more scientific, evidence-based and methodological. To this effect, much

Page 45: A CRITICAL REVIEW OF BROAD BASED BLACK ECONOMIC

26

emphasis is laid on hypothesis specification, data analysis using suitable procedures of

qualitative and quantitative methods and using case studies to provide empirical

interpretations to investigate the hypothesis. Few implementation studies have so far

achieved this feat but the third generation will witness more scientific approach to policy

implementation as it evolves (Pulzl et al., 2006:89).

2.3.5 THE TOP-DOWN APPROACH TO POLICY IMPLEMENTATION

The theory of the top-down is based on the view that policies are implemented

according to the prescripts of policymakers‟ visions and it is executed by putting in place

specific mechanisms to ensure its success (Paudel, 2009:39). The founding fathers of

the theory Pressman et al., (1984: xxi) succinctly distiguish a relationship between

policy and implementation. According to the authors, to “implement” is a verb which

must have an object like “policy” in order to become a complete meaningful sentence.

The authors therefore distinguish policy implementation as „policies containing both

goals and the means for achieving them‟ (Hill et al., 2002:44).

Difficulties arise when an attempt is made to implement the policy because it gives

scanty thoughtfulness about how the result is achieved (Matland, 1995:146). This

weakness becomes apparent on the field when particularly when the prescriptive

approach to control the process is derisory. Younis & Davidson (quoted by Paudel,

2009:40) points out that this approach puts the capability of policy-makers into test as to

how they control the implementers. Van Meter et al. (1975:451) dispute that Pressman

and Wildavsky‟s studies though very enlightening, provides little theoretical viewpoint.

These authors presented their assessment by suggesting that it is paramount for any

Page 46: A CRITICAL REVIEW OF BROAD BASED BLACK ECONOMIC

27

policy implementation to consider the extent of change required and the amount of

consensus, implication of which is that „implementation will be most successful where

only marginal change is required and goal consensus is high and vice-versa‟ (Van

Meter et al., 1975: 461). The authors suggested a six-variable interlink model to

produce an outcome termed „performance‟ diagrammatically illustrated in the figure 2.3.

FIGURE 2.3: THE SIX-VARIABLE MODEL OF POLICY IMPLEMENTATION

Source: (Hill et al. 2002:47)

The model resonates well with the top-down theory hence starts with policy formulation

including setting objectives and standards as well as specifying resources. More

clearly, the six-variable models are as follows:

Concise policy objective and standard that provide a starting point and yardstick

for the evaluation of performance;

Required resources, incentives and all inducements are made available and

accessible;

Page 47: A CRITICAL REVIEW OF BROAD BASED BLACK ECONOMIC

28

The working relationship between all stakeholders must be highly pleasant with

quality;

The capacity of the implementing agency as well as its characteristics must form

classic formal and informal linkages in the policy-making and enforcing process.

The socio-economic, political and technological environment where the

implementation is taking place should be conducive;

The level of knowledge of the implementing agencies about the policy including

their comprehension and understanding (cognitive level); their acceptance,

neutrality and response as well as the intensity of their response to the policy

(Van Meter et al., 1975: 464-72).

Equally, Sabatier & Mazmanian (1989, Quoted in Matland 2013:146) distinctively

separated policy formation from implementation similar to the theories provided by Van

Meter and Van Horn. The analysis of their theory begun with querying the process in a

top-down approach which includes asking interrogative questions as follows:

What is the level of consistency between implementing officials and the policy?

What is the degree of uniformity between the actual policy objectives obtained

and the desired initial policy objectives?

What principal factors bothered the implementation process from achieving the

desired outcome both from the policy itself and the implementing officials?

Which part of the policy was changed and reformed based on the experience of

the implementing officials and policymakers? (Sabatier, 1986: 22).

Proponents of top-down perspective emphasize that centralization of policies enhances

control and manipulation of problems. Furthermore, administrative controls such as

Page 48: A CRITICAL REVIEW OF BROAD BASED BLACK ECONOMIC

29

budget planning and evaluation are easily streamlined particularly since the policy is

administered and monitored by a single administrative structure with the ultimate goal of

achieving the purpose of the policy while minimizing the deviations (Winter, 2003:213).

In contrast, Matland, (995:147) maintains the key problem with this explanation is

strength of this approach to initiate policies that are consistent with local problems,

generalizable, and cost effective in that the same policy is implemented across similar

situations. Matland therefore advise that policy makers should make policy objectives

clear, reduce implementation bottlenecks by minimizing the number of actors, limit the

rate of policy change as much as possible and ensure that those responsible for policy

implementation stick to policy goals.

Perhaps the most precarious drawback of this method is that top-down approach

assumes policy implementation process as an administrative practice which disregards

the political nature of the process. This approach perhaps undermines the sustainability

of policy outcome of the implementation process as statute framers ignore the

sentiments and feelings of local actors (Cerna, 2013:18). The lack of consideration for

local actors implies that local expertise with indigenous knowledge to propose a focused

policy is overlooked and downplays the distortions consciously or unconsciously

perpetrated by policy implementers.

Besides, May (2003:224) allude that this approach missed the mark for its imprecise

language, complicated structures and for not taking into account the geopolitical

realities of diverse locations. Certainly, it is based on false perception that policy-

makers know all the facts and therefore are the best to offer justifiable answers. In

Page 49: A CRITICAL REVIEW OF BROAD BASED BLACK ECONOMIC

30

practice however, the justifiable answers are unachievable due to resistance and lack of

compliance (Paudel, 2009:41).

2.3.6 THE BOTTOM-UP APPROACH TO POLICY IMPLEMENTATION

Contrary to the top-down perspective, the bottom-up model begins policy

implementation from the beneficiaries at the local level, conceives implementation as

non-hierarchical but cooperation within networks of implementers known as street level

bureaucrats outside of governmental institutions (Pulzl et al., 2006:92). This approach

develops through the recommendations of policy implementers directly involved in the

implementation process and rejects the idea that policy development and

implementation should be centralized.

The theory of street level bureaucrats which is credited with Michael Lipsky between

1971 and 1980 after a critical analysis of frontline staff in the implementation studies, is

considered a major turning point in the bottom-up theory (Winter, 2003: 214). Lipsky

defined street level bureaucrats as all such public service workers as teachers, social

workers, public administrators, police workers and doctors who implement policies

under the challenges of budgetary constraints and mass processing of clients requests

(Adami, 2014:2). The theory holds that public policy is best understood in jam-packed

offices of public servants contrary to what was agreed on in legislative instruments and

top offices of policy makers (Tsang, 2013:6). Tsang affirms that frontline workers of the

policy implementation on daily basis:

Page 50: A CRITICAL REVIEW OF BROAD BASED BLACK ECONOMIC

31

Encounter issues of inadequate resources and poor working conditions. For

instance overcrowded classroom for teachers, hostile environment for prison

warders, and inadequate facilities for doctors;

Erratic, disobliging, cynical clients;

Imprecise, uncertain, confusing, vague procedures (Tsang, 2013:6).

(Hill et al., 2002:53) similar to Tsang‟s assertion settle that street level bureaucrats enter

the public sector with some level of commitments however these conditions dash the

hopes of making ideal changes envisioned. Public servants considered to be part of the

administration are therefore oppressed and alienated by the bureaucracy they find

themselves, which results in isolation in the system (Lipsky 1980:76). These challenges

restrict street level bureaucrats from using their discretions in serving policy

implementation beneficiaries which may advertently or inadvertently lead to substantial

modifications or complete nonconformities from the policy document. The modification

or nonconformities may be in the form of:

Alteration of beneficiary needs including delay in benefits, total denial of benefits

and receiving low quality service;

Alteration of job specification resulting in lower standards, reduction in service

features and prolonged service delivery to reduce excessive pressure on public

servants;

Alteration of beneficiary specification including receiving services totally different

from the expected service (Tsang, 2013:6).

Lipsky‟s work has been reused by other implementation researchers to justify the

philosophies of bottom-up approach hence; regarded as the initiator of bottom-up

Page 51: A CRITICAL REVIEW OF BROAD BASED BLACK ECONOMIC

32

approach. The author settles that street level workers are knowledgeable service

champions in successful implementation even in unbearable conditions, controlling

them in hierarchical order only increases the propensity to more deviations and

alterations. Thus, it is the onus of public administrators to direct the duties of street-level

workers to attain the intended outcomes through safeguarding greater accountability of

bureaucrats that meets policy expectations which simultaneously manage their

autonomy and discretionary authorities (Adami, 2014:6).

Hjern and Hull (1982:107-114) clarify that politics and administration should be

incorporated in the policy process once local skills and circumstances have been

considered. The authors argue that implementation research can solve the lack of

accountability of street-level bureaucrats which could not be tackled by Lipsky. Hjern

and Hull‟s study of this theory is considered to be the most important, but it does suffer

from the fact that mechanisms for ensuring accountability were regrettably left

unanswered by the authors.

The bottom-up theory attracts attention as it is focused more on actors whose ideas

form the root for policy development and implementation; hence it addresses contextual

factors in the implementation milieu. The theory is lenient, easily adaptable contextually,

understands the goals and strategies of actors as opposed to the authoritative stature of

top-down theory (Cerna, 2013:18).

A further look to the literature on bottom-up theory, however, reveals a number of gaps

and shortcomings. First, the bottom-up theory is criticized for its leniency as it is merely

descriptive in the identification of difficulties affecting the implementation process to

Page 52: A CRITICAL REVIEW OF BROAD BASED BLACK ECONOMIC

33

reach its stated goals (Paudel, 2009:43). Theodoulou, & Cahn, (2004:348) further

dispute that bottom-up theory presents democratic deficit because it treads on the

power derived from electorates by authorities. In other words, the power of local

communities is overstated as implementation researchers argue that the

decentralization proposed by bottom-up theory works best in the context of central

control. Thus, the flexibility and independence recommended by bottom up theory is

relevant if the goals of policy developers and policy implementers are congruent with

little variation. The flexibility leads to poor performance of implementing officials as a

result of great goal adaptation that differ from the intended goals (Matland, 1995:149-

151).

On serious note, promoters of this approach could not expatiate on how to manage

street-level bureaucrats within the framework of the enormous discretion presented by

the bottom-up theory. Yet again, it offers no mechanisms to improve the performance of

street-level bureaucrats even with the advantage of using their discretion. Opponents of

the theory concur that people with poor edification, low technical know-how and poor

social background are neglected from the implementation process as more

consideration is given to skilled, wealthy social elites (Adami, 2014:4).

Adami (2014:4) contend that street-level bureaucrats are fond of rationing services,

impose costs and client differentiation. This manifests itself as a result of the power and

control over resources enjoyed by street-level bureaucrats. The differentiation aspect

takes many forms comprising, creating artificial shortage, depressing participation of

actors, concealing information, and making accessibility impossible while disrupting

policy implementation.

Page 53: A CRITICAL REVIEW OF BROAD BASED BLACK ECONOMIC

34

2.3.7 MIXED APPROACHES TO POLICY IMPLEMENTATION

As debate between top-down and bottom-up perspectives rages on, policy

implementation analysts concur that synthesizing both theories by picking up salient

principle from each side or the approach to use should fit the purpose. Notwithstanding

the conflict between these theories, they provide a theoretical standpoint for the

implementation theory which has led to the discussion of a mixed approach that looks

more at the practicality part of the implementation process.

The earliest proponent of the synthesizer approach (as it is affectionately called),

Richard Elmore, a bottom-up theorist, petitioned the use of mix approach after taking a

cue from the study of the Cuban missile crisis. In the study, Elmore contrasted and

coined implementation as a system, bureaucratic process, organizational development,

conflict management and as bargaining management. Elmore also provided the rules

for controlling implementation using Lipsky‟s street level-bureaucrats theory as the

epicenter, by advocating the need for a bottom-up comprehension of the policy system

in a process called backward mapping (Fiorino, 1997:252). The idea of backward

mapping is “„backward reasoning‟ from the individual and organizational choices that are

hub of the problem to which is addressed, to the rules, procedures and structures that

have the closest proximity to those choices, to the policy instruments available to affect

those things, and hence to feasible policy objectives” (Elmore, 1983:231). Equally

required in policy implementation and in an attempt to fuse both perspectives is forward

mapping which „consist of stating precise policy objectives, elaborating detailed

means−ends schemes, and specifying explicit outcome criteria by which to judge policy

at each stage‟ (Elmore, 1980: 602). Matland, (1995:151) hails Elmore‟s discussion as a

Page 54: A CRITICAL REVIEW OF BROAD BASED BLACK ECONOMIC

35

useful tool for policy designers in choosing appropriate approach for implementation but

lacks explanatory direction bearing in mind the complicated nature of implementing

policies as well as the diverse geopolitical and socioeconomic factors in different

locations.

2.4 MATLAND AMBIGUITY/CONFLICT MODEL OF SYNTHESIZING POLICY

IMPLEMENTATION

Matland (1995:146) in his article manages to amalgamate the top-down and bottom-up

approach by proposing that policy implementation should specify the contexts before

deciding which approach to use. Matland opined that refusal to adhere to this and

continuous separation of policy implementation into top-down and bottom-up

approaches perpetuates two broad issues: conflict and ambiguity which forms the basis

for the development of a contingency model, termed ambiguity/conflict matrix (Hudson,

2006:229).

In a stark contrast to Sabatier‟s approach, Matland underscores that policy

implementation analysis should be more concerned with the policy field rather than the

policy itself because policies can tremendously change on the field to the extent of

losing its original form (Hill, et al., 2002:74). Hence, it is more practical to specifically

identify variables that fit the purpose and conditions rather than simply entirely

generalizing variables for all implementation processes (Matland, 1995:153).

The figure below elucidates the four matrix proposed by Matland with Ambiguity and

conflict on the sides. As stated by Spector, (1997:2) conflict arises when there is a

mismatch between goals of beneficiaries and that of the policy implementation outcome.

Page 55: A CRITICAL REVIEW OF BROAD BASED BLACK ECONOMIC

36

Additionally, the author itemized activities that may engender disagreements in the

implementation process including:

Legitimizing policy: adopting the policy among all actors may be met with

antagonism from a group particularly if the proposed implementation distresses

the status quo;

Building a formidable constituency: Policy implementation requires that all

constituencies must form an identifiable coalition with a win-win attitude

otherwise the ultimate losers may exasperate the process;

Mobilizing resources: Resources must be obtained, organized and allocated to

implement the policy. Limited resources allocation results in incapacity in

implementation that inhibits goal outcome. Limited resources also implies that

capacity may have to be hired from elsewhere which enrages those whose

capacity become redundant;

Modifying existing implementation process: reconfiguration of the existing

implementation processes to accommodate new ideas can be disputed if it

ultimately displaces groups, and disorientate individuals who are accustomed

with the old policy (Spector, 1997:2).

Matland explicates that policy becomes ambiguous on two conditions. First, ambiguity

may arise from inexplicit goals which are when misunderstanding and uncertainty exist

in the policy. Goal clarity is responsible for implementation success, hence an important

component that directly affects the outcome of the process. Second, ambiguity exists

when the means to achieve policy goals is vague. Vagueness occurs when resources

are limited, roles are unclear and when the implementation milieu is so complex, making

Page 56: A CRITICAL REVIEW OF BROAD BASED BLACK ECONOMIC

37

it cumbersome to select resources, use the resources and their effects on the

implementation thereof (Matland, 1995:157-158).

FIGURE 2.4: MATLAND’S CONFLICT/AMBIGUITY MATRIX OF POLICY

IMPLEMENTATION

Conflict

A

mb

igu

ity

Hig

h

Lo

w

Low High

Administrative implementation

Top-down approach

Political implementation

Top-down approach

Experimental implementation

Contextual conditions

Bottom up approach

Symbolic implementation

Strength of coalitions

Bottom up approach

Source: Matland, (1995:160)

2.4.1 MATLAND’S TYPES OF POLICY IMPLEMENTATION

Administrative implementation: From figure 2.4, the first quadrant in the matrix is

administrative implementation with low ambiguity and low conflict. In this case, the

implementation process is straightforward with fewer disputes and generally, all actors

agree on the need to implement such policies (Spector, 1997:2). Implementation is

hierarchical, goals and the means of achieving them are known plus resources are

distributed by a central authority to achieve the desired outcome. Explicitly, the policy

intent is unambiguous, orders from the central authority are unequivocal and there is

general consensus on task responsibilities among all actors (Hudson, 2006:230).

Page 57: A CRITICAL REVIEW OF BROAD BASED BLACK ECONOMIC

38

Though the administrative implementation is seen as putting regulations into effect in a

top-down manner, conflict may arise from resource distribution as well as resource

availability. Spector (1997:2-3) resolved that building stakeholder confidence and

enhancing cooperation in resource allocation is paramount to conflict resolution.

Political implementation: Policy may also have low ambiguity but high conflict as in

the second quadrant. Matland maintains that such policies can be implemented

politically where „implementation outcomes are decided solely by power‟ (Hill et al.,

2002:76). The high conflict arises from dissimilarities in goals and means among

stakeholders. In his research, Hudson, (2006:230) finds that the implementation

process becomes a battlefield with low or sluggish compliance. By way of contrast,

Hudson maintains the low ambiguity inherent in the policy makes compliance

achievable. As a result, the success of implementation may to a large extent, depend on

the ability of the central authority to coerce agents to comply with policy goals and the

availability of sufficient resources to maintain the coerciveness over time.

Experimental implementation: Matland expatiates that policies with high degree of

ambiguity with low level of conflict demand „experimental implementation‟, where local

environments are likely to influence much on outcomes as shown in the third quadrant.

The fundamental principle of the experimental implementation is that it is dominated by

contextual factors. Along similar lines, Hudson, (2006:230) argues that outcomes vary

from location to location which makes monitoring compliance incomplete and due to

uncertainties in preferences of actors in resource allocation. The low conflict however

encourages high participation of actors who provide substantial information to

significantly expedite the process (Matland, 1995:166).

Page 58: A CRITICAL REVIEW OF BROAD BASED BLACK ECONOMIC

39

Symbolic implementation: Despite the high ambiguity of the policy, the fourth

quadrant involves high conflict which requires symbolic implementation. Matland

(1995:168) defines symbolic implementation as „policies that receive substantial

exposure at the adoption stage, but that ultimately have little substantive effect.‟ The

major determinant of such policy outcome is coalition strength. The high conflict is good

for the development of resolution while the vagueness results in variations in outcomes

across various locations. Additionally, the high level of elusiveness results in

proliferation of divergent views which makes monitoring outcomes limited, impossible

and difficult (Spector, 1997:3).

Matland‟s study is considered to provide academic insight into the types of policy

implementation by synchronizing top-down and bottom-up approaches, but it does

suffer from some weaknesses. One major drawback is that the theory which was

originally developed to study implementation processes in a state becomes complicated

when it is applied in a larger context due to the dynamic nature of policies. Another

setback is that the theory woefully fails acknowledge that resources are vital in policy

implementation which differ in magnitude in developing and developed countries.

2.5 CRITICAL VARIABLES DETERMINING THE SUCCESS OF POLICY

IMPLEMENTATIONS: THE 5 C PROTOCOL

In response to the weaknesses of Matland, the 5 C protocol puts forward the view that

the success of policy implementation should be measured in terms of five factors which

then determines the impact of policies on beneficiaries. Brynard, (2005:111) maintains

that policy implementation is a complex administrative process that is shaped by these

Page 59: A CRITICAL REVIEW OF BROAD BASED BLACK ECONOMIC

40

critical variables rather than a machine-driven or a scientific process with definite

outcomes. The five factors necessary to understanding policy implementation in context

include „content, context, commitment, capacity, clients and coalitions‟ (Cobbah,

2012:32) illustrated in figure 2.5.

FIGURE 2.5: THE 5 C PROTOCOL

Source: (Liedel, 2011:9)

Content of the policy: The content of the policy is the foremost determining factor in

successful or unsuccessful implementation. Najam (1995:38) categorized policy into

distributive, regulatory and redistributive. A policy that is aimed at dispensing public

goods to the broad-spectrum of the population is classified as distributive (Liedel,

2011:9), regulatory policy stipulates policy goals in the form of control with punitive

procedures for noncompliance with the statute and redistributive policy is concerned

with a discriminatory process of shifting political, economic and social power from one

group to another with the purpose of upholding equity and impartiality (Brynard

2005:17).

Page 60: A CRITICAL REVIEW OF BROAD BASED BLACK ECONOMIC

41

The foregoing discussions imply content determines the acceptance, activeness and

success of the policy. For this reason, the goals, how it relates to the issue and how the

goals will solve the perceived problems must be clearly stated (Pancawati, 2013:76).

Brynard & De Coning (2006: 198) categorized the key elements in policy content as the

“objectives, the real problems to be addressed by the policy and solutions including all

the activities, strategies and solutions needed to put the policy into practice.”

Undoubtedly, Pressman and Wildavsky (1973: xv) opine that implementation is a

continuous network of processes that exist between goals setting and actions to

achieve them. A clearly stated policy starts with a high level of coercive and compliance

strategies to ensure less deviations from the policy intent. Mbaye, (2003:3) innovated

that the innocuous way of maintaining compliance within the policy is building strong

monitoring systems that restrict implementing agencies and that makes defiance

impossible.

Context of the Institution: Institutional context of the policy clarifies how the

socioeconomic, political and legal environment impacts either positively or negatively on

policy implementation (Cobbah, 2012:33). According to Berman (1980: 206)

implementation that does not incorporate the issues of local milieu is likely to produce

inaccurate expectations to beneficiaries. It is argued however that most policies only

address the political and environmental context of implementation regarding

policymakers, policy implementers and policy researchers without considering the local

context of local beneficiaries (Brynard, 2005:17). The danger of this neglect results in

deficient policy learning and limited tracking of the implementation impacts contextually.

To augment institutional context Najam, (1995:42) stressed it is judicious “to identify the

Page 61: A CRITICAL REVIEW OF BROAD BASED BLACK ECONOMIC

42

key institutional actors and to trace the interest and power relationships between and

within the relevant institutions”. Chimange, (2012:65) identified three tactical reasons

why institutional context is relevant in the implementation process which are as follows:

It assist in identifying the appropriate approach that is relevant for a specific

locality as one size fits all mentality does not work well with respect to policy

implementation;

Contextual framework of locations marks the starting point for the formulation of

policies and their implementation thereof. A policy that is not sensitive to context

creates uncertainties as well as risks in its implementation;

Context informs policymakers about policy change, bearing in mind that locale

changes over time hence the need to change policies to conform to the

transformation.

Commitment of Actors: Government may develop topnotch policies with

unquestionable goals and pass cost and benefit analysis but without the commitment of

those entrusted with implementing the policies, it will result in implementation botch and

catastrophe (Pancawati, 2013:76). While this is factual, Liedel, (2011:10) added that

commitment has been considered by implementation researchers as the single most

important variable that is classified as the lifeline to address implementation dynamics

because it runs from the administrative level through to the bottom. Without mincing any

words, Brynard (2005:18) identified two reasons why this variable is critical:

Commitment is required by street level bureaucrats, top administrators and all

other stakeholders that are directly or indirectly affected by policy

implementation;

Page 62: A CRITICAL REVIEW OF BROAD BASED BLACK ECONOMIC

43

Commitment serves as the connection between the other four variables (content,

capacity, context and clients and coalitions). Effective implementation can only

be realized if and only if all actors pay attention to these linkages in order to

acclimatize themselves to any bewildering processes.

Capacity of Actors: Resources are necessary precondition for policy implementation.

Capacity in the context of the 5 Cs can be understood as tangible resources which

include human, financial, material, technological, and logistical resources as well as

intangible resources such as the quality of leadership, the level of motivation, the

degree of commitment, the magnitude of alacrity and the superiority of the level of

judgment of employees (Brynard, 2005:19). Brynard argues that government is by far

the most resourced entity which is endowed with the capacity to provide resources to

effectively implement public policies however, World Bank, (2011:110) contends that its

shortcoming has to do with ineffective management and lack of political will to allocate

such resources. This ineffectiveness ranges from corrupt practices, lackadaisical

attitudes, and inflation of prices, lack of probity, less accountability, collusion and

cartels. Comparing the two declarations of Brynard and World Bank, it can be seen that

even though government is the administrator of public funds it encounters issues of

maladministration in managing the funds.

Brynard, et al., (2006:200) shares similar sentiments and calls for a paradigm shift

regarding the nature of government to structurally, functionally and culturally transform

the sectorial stewards in order to guarantee effectiveness. In order to capacitate and

infuse accountability at all hierarchies of the implementation process, Binswanger-

Mkhize, de Regt, & Spector (2010) recommend that:

Page 63: A CRITICAL REVIEW OF BROAD BASED BLACK ECONOMIC

44

Local governments should be empowered to legally own the resources. In this

way, the communities rather than the implementing agencies become the rightful

owners who then take responsibility of the success or otherwise of the projects;

Empower local governments to devise detailed accountability mechanisms in

place in managing all projects. A contract entitled “expediente technico” which

stipulates the technical details of policies and how funds should be used

including timelines must guide the implementation process. The document

serves as monitoring tool with which the community employs to oversee the

works of the executing agency, the facilitator or the technical agent. Upon

completion of every stage of the project, a certificate is issued to the community

and payment is made if it is satisfied with the implementation outcome;

Funds should be transferred into community account in tranches. The tranche for

each stage must be transferred after completion certificate has been received

and evaluated against the project minimum benchmarks;

The hiring and firing of all technical support and suppliers should be at the

prerogative of the community using well-developed criteria to ensure that the

competent support is appointed;

Local communities must uphold transparency by having capable finance

committees to monitor daily spending of funds. The committee must be sign

checks, present all accounts to community or their representatives. The

community must have external auditors to appraise the purchase and use of

stocks. Cited in the World Bank (2011:110).

Page 64: A CRITICAL REVIEW OF BROAD BASED BLACK ECONOMIC

45

Clients and Coalitions: The alliances formed by clients can make, break or strengthen

implementation of policies. Warwick, (1982:63) categorically declare that “clients can

speed, slow, stop or redirect implementation.” Interest groups, opinion leaders and other

organizations especially those with voting power have a tendency of securing a

substantial benefit for their members thus, pressure is exerted on the implementation

process that may alter intents. These interest groups should therefore be managed by

identifying the level of power and the nature of their demands to avoid potential conflicts

that may arise from clients.

Another variable worth incorporating into the C protocol is Communication which

according to Brynard, (2005:21) should be singled out as a variable because it is the

means by which all actors can comprehend the entire process. Brynard added that in as

much as English is an official administrative language in most countries including South

Africa, it will be salient to translate policy documents into other local dialects to give a

vivid understanding to all actors.

The 5 C Protocol is useful to transform policy goals into practical delivery of service to

people. For the protocol to be effective, the components must work concurrently to

produce a synergy. These interlace and interconnectedness presents policy makers

with the opportunity to make all variables efficient to produce a combined effect on the

implementation outcome. The theory also implies that local community empowerment

and capacity development are of paramount importance to propel development. In

addition, the variables implies that policy cannot be developed and implemented by

„wait and see‟ attitude rather, policies must be seen as an ongoing process that

changes based on lessons learned from previous implementation stages. The

Page 65: A CRITICAL REVIEW OF BROAD BASED BLACK ECONOMIC

46

underlining principle is that changes must be induced, identify any blockages and

devise strategies to influence them where possible.

2.6 CONCLUSION

This chapter set out to determine the theories of policy implementation that relevant for

this study. As such, it discussed the theories of policy cycle, public value creation and

advocacy coalition framework while pointing out their strengths and weaknesses. In

addition, the popular theories of top-down and bottom-up approaches were juxtaposed

as well as the mixed approach. The discussion of this chapter also centred on the 5 C

protocol which influences the success of policy implementation. The review that was

based on the discipline of public administration presented accurate explanation of the

implementation procedures theoretically. On the whole, it can be inferred that the choice

of approach to policy implementation must fit the purpose of the policy. The next

chapter reviews the legislative framework of the study.

CHAPTER 3: LEGISLATIVE FRAMEWORK OF THE STUDY

3.1 INTRODUCTION

In the former chapter, existing literature about the study was painstakingly reviewed and

appraised. In this chapter, the BBBEE with its FSC policy will be reviewed and delve

into a number of studies that been undertaken in the field. In terms of Chapter 2, section

25 (1) of the South Africa‟s 1996 Constitution “No one may be deprived of property

except in terms of law of general application, and no law may permit arbitrary

deprivation of property.” This implies that everyone is entitled to their property except if

it can be proven beyond reasonable doubt that such property was accumulated through

Page 66: A CRITICAL REVIEW OF BROAD BASED BLACK ECONOMIC

47

doubtful means. Section 25 (2) also expounds that “Property may be expropriated only

in terms of law of general application” meaning that legislative measures can be taken

to promote the achievement of equality of the whole or class of persons deprived by

injustices of the times prior to independence. This transformative order by the

constitution is premised from the undesirable legacies of apartheid as such, successive

governments must drastically institute measures to achieve this. It is against this

backdrop that BBBEE was drafted some decades ago.

Hitherto, debate about the policy has gained fresh prominence with many arguing that

its goals are unachievable while others maintain it is doable. The review will therefore

pay particular attention to the Forest Sector Charter (FSC) in terms of section 9 (1) of

the BBBEE Act 53 of 2003. It also intends to elaborate on the bottlenecks hampering

the implementation of the FSC.

3.1.1 THE APARTHEID ECONOMY

The National Party (NP) which rose to power in 1948 intervened and assisted poor

whites in order to achieve economic prosperity through a process of self-help. The

intervention led to an entrenchment of a system of perpetual racial separation and

exclusion, starving majority black citizens the right to housing, movement, and

association. Black political organisations were banned at some point, quality education

and healthcare were meant for only the white skin colour and blacks had no right to

exercise their franchise( Peires 2007:38-41). Ackermann (2000:640) described the

racial segregation as prolongation of slavery except that apartheid was more of neglect

Page 67: A CRITICAL REVIEW OF BROAD BASED BLACK ECONOMIC

48

and abandonment in which the system controlled persons as to who to associate with,

where to socialize, where to acquire education.

The apartheid system is by definition a process where people of the same nationality

are segregated, differentiated based on colour of the skin, which then promote the

advancement of others economically and disempowered other category economically,

socially, politically and emotionally (Nortje, 1985:21). The policy excluded the black

majority from the active involvement in the economy in the sense that blacks were

denied ownership of property, land and businesses. The system denied them the right

to vote and be voted for. Worst of all, Scarce skills were only reserved for whites while

blacks were only regarded as casual labourers (Hoffman, 2008:87).

M‟paradzi (2007:12) states that the apartheid policy needed black labour to build white

supremacy but at the same time, blacks were the most feared because of their number.

Homelands and townships were therefore created for blacks to fend for themselves and

to provide a pool of labour for whites when needed. There was not major economic

activity in these reserves which were with few or no services except subsistence

farming characterised by overgrazing, land degradation and overstocking (M‟paradzi

2007:13).

Building a common society was therefore never encouraged as the system at the time

categorically indicated that Europeans must be developed in order to remain superior to

non-Europeans. The system further made it clear that whites must maintain the energy

to make South Africa an European country where the right to rule only stayed with

whites (Nortje, 1985:22-24).

Page 68: A CRITICAL REVIEW OF BROAD BASED BLACK ECONOMIC

49

3.1.2 THE APARTHEID ECONOMIC MODEL

The apartheid economic model emphasised the improvement and enrichment of white

minority in a process of self-determination. The Anglo-Boer War of 1899-1902 followed

by the World War 1 brought devastating poverty and hardship to the Afrikaners. Instead

of waiting for the government intervention to lessen them of poverty, they used their

own efforts to uplift their standard of living (Coleman, 1983:203). Two major insurance

companies, Sanlam and Santam were established in the 1920‟s and thereafter in 1936,

Volkskas bank was formed. Giliomee, (2003:387) narrates that these companies

provided the financial muscle to progress their prosperity and instil savings culture in the

Afrikaners.

In 1939, the Afrikaner people gathered to reiterate the importance of the self-

determination policy in a conference dubbed eerste ekonomiese volkskongres,

meaning, first economic people‟s conference (Jefferey, 2014: 124). Giliomee (2003:437)

asserts that the Afrikaner people believed and maintained that the Afrikaner can support

Afrikaner enterprises to employ Afrikaners but they could not be saved by charity of

public works. To this end, a financial institution christened Federale Volksbeleggings

was established to organise capital for corporate projects. The financial institution

assisted various entrepreneurs and major companies in tobacco, wine and luxury goods

industries.

There was speedy economic growth between 1930 and 1940 in South Africa among the

Afrikaners as a result of this initiative. They dominated almost such field as Iron and

Steel Corporation (Iscor). Iscor which was established to promote industrialisation

Page 69: A CRITICAL REVIEW OF BROAD BASED BLACK ECONOMIC

50

served as a training school to provide managerial, technical and financial skills to

Afrikaner managers, entrepreneurs, and scientists (Jefferey, 2014:124).

In 1951, there was yet another volkskongres (congress) to report on and congratulate

themselves on the successes chalked in reducing poverty, and their ability to enter into

the mainstream economy by means of successful industries (Giliomee, 2008:765).

Afrikaner commercial farmers also received substantial support after the NP took power

in 1948. Preference was given to them in awarding of fishing, mining and liquor licenses

as well as government contracts including textbooks, directories and public worker‟s life

insurance policies. Nevertheless, state procurement continued to be awarded to English

and Jewish companies while undermining companies of black people (Cargill, 2010:76).

In education, the Afrikaners received massive support and the NP established a number

of Afrikaans-speaking secondary schools, and tertiary institutions with world class

infrastructure. It then began a so called affirmative action in the public sector by

introducing Afrikaans and English as a major requirement in job applications which was

unproblematic for Afrikaners to meet. Cargill (2010:77) reports the affirmative action

was applied at entry-level positions with the prime aim of gradually reducing English-

dominated bosses in the workplace but not to push them away. This strategy worked

well and dropped English supremacy drastically to about 10% in the higher positions in

the public sector.

Giliomee (2008:776) asserts that in their bid to expand to other sectors of the economy,

the insurance giant Sanlam extended their footprint into mining industries. Successively,

expansion was done through Sanlam‟s subsidiaries Federale Volkseleggings and

Page 70: A CRITICAL REVIEW OF BROAD BASED BLACK ECONOMIC

51

Federale Mynbon (Fedmyn). The premeditated venture of Fedmyn into the mining

sector assisted the Afrikaners to purchase Anglo American Corporation‟s share of

General mining. The mining company later grew into Gencor which ranked second to

Anglo. BHP Billiton, the London and Melbourne based corporation subsequently

acquired Gencor in the 1990‟s to make them among the largest mining conglomerates

in the world (Hirsch, 2005:216).

Jefferey (2014:126) put forward that the business became a success because of the

financial strength provided by Sanlam, thus Fedmyn received no government support in

purchasing the shares. Perhaps, the acquisition was prosperous because the Afrikaners

at the time had over a decade of experience, methodological savoir-faire and technical

know-how in mining (Giliomee 2008:777). They therefore managed to add value to the

company and to the country at large. For instance, their technological know-how led to

an innovative way of producing oil from coal by the then Sasol; this was a remarkable

achievement by all standards (Cargill, 2010: 76).

3.1.3 DISEMPOWERMENT OF BLACK AFRICANS

The above achievements did not come without a loss to other group of people in South

Africa. There seems to be no compelling reason to argue that policies perpetuated by

both NP and its predecessors did little to tolerate black people. The Afrikaner policy of

self-help created white control of the economy at the detriment of indigenous black

citizens. Besides, research (see Hoffman 2008:89; Burdzik and Van Wyk 1987:122))

shows that then constitution of Republic of South Africa Act 32/1961, together with the

Electoral Laws Consolidation Act 46/1946 barred blacks from party politics as

Page 71: A CRITICAL REVIEW OF BROAD BASED BLACK ECONOMIC

52

categorised in the Population Registration Act 30/1950. Recent study reported by Van

Rensburg, (2010:27) indicate that the underdevelopment being witnessed today in black

communities was the outcome of the colonial and apartheid legacies which denied them

access to land, jobs, and entrepreneurship since 1910 until early 1990.

Unquestionably, Whites came to be the custodians of about 90% of the country‟s

resources at the expense of blacks, resulting in a steep income disparity between these

groups of people (Burdzik et al., 1987:122). For instance, whites earned close to 10

times more than blacks and in 1989, 52.7 % of blacks lived in shackles of destitution as

opposed to 2% whites who lived below the poverty line (Hirsch 2005:2). In fact, Gqubule

(2006b:39) states that the Gross Domestic Product per capita of whites was much

similar to Canada, whilst that of Africans could be likened with least developed countries

such as Congo.

Another policy that wrecked the black community was the introduction of a pass book

that controlled black people‟s movement to or from white areas and before they could

be employed. Anyone without the book could not be employed and refusal to produce it

on demand is tantamount to a fine or imprisonment (International Labour Office,

1966:20-21). Burdzik et al., (1987:144) elucidate that the pass books served two

purposes: to control, police and monitor Africans in white residential areas; and to

guarantee inexpensive accessible labour supply. According to Van Rensburg (2010:29),

the systemic control of blacks through the use of an identity system had far-reaching

repercussions on service delivery, land ownership, and employment. In most rural

African countries, the rural dwellers engage in agriculture to reduce unemployment

while sustaining their source of revenue. In contrast, black South Africans in rural areas

Page 72: A CRITICAL REVIEW OF BROAD BASED BLACK ECONOMIC

53

cannot fend for themselves as a consequence of lack of land, and the indoctrination of a

black person‟s mind by the apartheid system as labourers (Fallon and Lucas 1998: ii).

Blacks in the Eastern Cape at some point were poised to develop themselves through

self-driven initiatives. This is evident by Innes (2007:51) study that risk-taking peasant

farmers emerged and competed favourably with their white counterparts. During this

period, black entrepreneurs became successful among miners in diamond mining and

were able to compete favourably with their white counterparts. the success of blacks‟

innovative self-help was nonetheless short-lived as it was eliminated by colonial powers

(Peires 2007:44-45).

More so, rural dwellers had inadequate or no access to services such as water, proper

shelter and electricity. Gqubule (2006c:98) acknowledge that while 86% percent of

arable agricultural land representing 16.2 hectares per person belonged to whites, the

black majority owned less than one hectare per person. There was huge deficit in

transport and post and telecommunication infrastructure which were prerequisites for

entrepreneurial development. In the 1990‟s research showed that nearly 74% and 86%

of blacks had no tap water and electricity; and without telephone facilities respectively

(Hirsch 2005:16). Blacks who earned meagre wages spent almost half of their income

on transport as compared with coloureds and Indians because of the distance to their

workplaces as a result of the Group Areas Act 36/1966 which defined people‟s place of

residence based on colour of the skin (Van Rensburg 2010:30).

In trade, industry and company ownership, the Minister of Bantu Administration and

Development through the Black Laws Amendment Act 42/1964, had the vested right to

Page 73: A CRITICAL REVIEW OF BROAD BASED BLACK ECONOMIC

54

issue a license to blacks which exclusively allowed them to trade in townships with low

income residents. They were prevented from owning manufacturing industries and

wholesales but only the retail sale of provisions, groceries and household accessories.

Licenses were solely endorsed to one business and partnerships with white

counterparts were strictly prohibited (Hirch 2005:16; Gqubule 2006c:92). Worst of all, a

handful of black businesses received support from credit institutions as evidence by the

fact that only about 2% blacks had access to loans and entrepreneurial support in 1990

(Van Rensburg 2010:30).

In the labour market, black labour had no right to determine their salaries, salary

progression and promotions at work because they were not permitted to unionise. As

such, black people were mostly used as casual labour with despicable earnings. Hirsch

(2005:17) reports that out of the 2 250 directors of the 100 listed companies in the

Johannesburg Stock Exchange, only 45 (2%) were black in 1992. This led to the

establishment of the Black Management Forum (BMF) which served as a professional

body to steer the affairs of black workers. Jack, (2007:5-7) comments that the BMF

managed to make the organisation a success despite the banning of all unions except

teacher and pastoral unions by the apartheid government.

In education, the apartheid education policy damaged the academic potentials of

Africans and for that matter, the economic advancement of the country. In 1959,

through the Extension of the University Education Act 45/1959, blacks were prevented

from attending white universities and budgets of black universities were equated to an

amount accrued from black taxes through the Black Education Act 47/1953. In addition,

black universities were located in remote and inaccessible areas leaving students

Page 74: A CRITICAL REVIEW OF BROAD BASED BLACK ECONOMIC

55

isolated from active participation in economic and political activities in urban areas

(Butler, 2006:80). The then Minister of Bantu Affairs, stated categorically that the black

person is meant to receive training that confines them to their own communities as there

was no place for them in European Communities. Accordingly, the minister crafted

policies which saw a new education system called Bantu Education for blacks designed

primarily for the homelands (Lipton 1986:24). Bantu education was a system which

taught learners how to work for others but not how create jobs for oneself (O‟Regan

1999:17).

3.1.4 THE END OF APARTHEID SYSTEM

The 1976 Soweto Uprising saw some reforms (economic and political) and relaxation of

restrictions on blacks even though observers felt that it was only rhetoric until January

1986 (Burdzik et al., 1987:121) when the president addressed parliament about its

commitment to establishing equal opportunities for all South Africans including blacks.

The policy reforms included the recognition of blacks as citizens of South Africa;

involving blacks in policymaking; uniform identity for all categories of the population; and

ownership of resources (Burdzik et al., 1987:121). The call for economic reforms even

gained a different dimension when the chairman of Harry Openheimer of the Anglo

American Corporation dispute that the economy was on the verge of reaching its fullest

potential, hence structural changes must be made to avoid slower economic growth.

Openheimer went on to state that prospects for economic growth will only be achieved

by equipping blacks with technical skills required by the economy, otherwise South

Africans must embrace themselves with perpetual low growth (Gelb 1991:19-20).

Ultimately, they heeded to the call of the chairman by relaxing policies to create African

Page 75: A CRITICAL REVIEW OF BROAD BASED BLACK ECONOMIC

56

middle class as a ploy to win the trust of blacks. Black advancement perhaps became a

necessity as international communities further put pressure on the apartheid

government to end the segregation or face sanctions. Underground local trade unions

as well as political organisations contributed to the process of the economic and political

liberation (Iheduru, 2004:4-5).

Analysts also believe that the free market system is the executioner of apartheid as

economic growth led to the demand for skilled labour, and new markets, hence the

elimination of racist employment policies. The apartheid government‟s refusal to adhere

to this truism saw a stifled growth, high unemployment and high inflation (Maseko

2007:75). To illustrate this, until the 1970‟s the apartheid government chalked some

successes in economic growth and relative fiscal stability especially between the post-

World War II and 1974 when Gross Domestic Product (GDP) rose to an average of

about 4.9% per annum (Gelb 1991:4). Between 1963 and 1968 in particular, GDP

hovered around 9.3 percent per annum (Gqubule 2006c:91; Innes 2007:59). Again in

1970, manufacturing and construction sector contributed 28% to the GDP; agriculture

contributed 9%; and mining contributed 10.5%. Unemployment reduced drastically but

not proportionate to wages as income inequality between blacks and whites widened

(Innes 2007:59; Johnson 2009:396).

The discriminatory and apartheid tendencies persisted until growth took a downward

trend in late late 1974 to as low as 1.9% as a result of lack of black income to support

businesses as well as lack of skills to meet the demand for experienced labour in the

economy. Inflation rose to about 13%, unemployment stood high and manufacturing

was unable to create jobs because of low demand (Gelb 1991:4). For instance,

Page 76: A CRITICAL REVIEW OF BROAD BASED BLACK ECONOMIC

57

unemployment rose from 22.5% in 1982 to 32.6% in 1994 and only six conglomerates

possessed about 85% shares on the Johannesburg Stock Exchange (JSE). Also

astonishing was the fact that Anglo America controlled nearly 52% of shares in the JSE

whereas black business had not more that 1% control (Van Rensburg, 2010:35).

The global oil crises between 1973 and 1979 as well as regional events such as the

political and economic liberation of Mozambique, Angola and Zimbabwe in 1975, 1976

and 1981 respectively similarly played a role in putting pressure on the apartheid

government to relinquish power to promote majority rule. In addition, local happenings

including the Soweto uprising of 1976, declining investment and heightened sanctions

against the apartheid government and the heightened debt predicaments of 1985

discouraged the government from continuing the divide-and-rule policy (Gqubule

2006c:94; Iheduru 2004:5).

It can be deduced from the foregoing discussion that it will be unthinkable and

unimaginable to reconcile with the past without some form of compensation to those

previously disadvantaged by the inequities of the past regimes. As mentioned earlier,

political equality, freedom and emancipation will be a dream if they are not

accompanied by economic equality, freedom and emancipation. Economic equality is a

major resource similar to platinum considering the fact that blacks were denied basic

resources including shelter, roads, jobs, electricity for over a century. It will not be a

blunder if blacks demand for restitution and redistribution of all that was attained from

the apartheid system. Black Economic Empowerment policy is therefore a bold step

towards achieving economic emancipation for all South Africans but is its

Page 77: A CRITICAL REVIEW OF BROAD BASED BLACK ECONOMIC

58

implementation achieving its objectives? The subsequent sections will critically

demystify the characteristics and intricacies of the policy.

3.2 THE BBBEE POLICY

BBBEE is a commonly-used concept in economic empowerment literature yet it is

challenging to define precisely due in part to the risk of focusing on narrow economic

development, and incorrectly thinking that it is merely expropriating property of white

people to black people. While a variety of definitions of the term have been suggested,

this paper will use the definition adopted by BEE Commission as “an integrated and

coherent socio-economic process located within the context of the country‟s national

transformation programme, namely the RDP (Reconstruction and Development

Programme). It is aimed at redressing the imbalances of the past by seeking to

substantially and equitably transfer and confer the ownership, management and control

of South Africa‟s …financial and economic resources to the majority of the citizens. It

seeks to ensure broader and meaningful participation in the economy by black people to

achieve sustainable development and prosperity” (Acemeglo et al., 2007:4).

The essence of this definition is that the legacies of apartheid must be dealt with and

the surest process of dealing with it is through an empowerment of black people as

prescribed in the constitution. Kleynhans, & Kruger, (2014:2) in reference to the

definition, insist that the central pillar of transforming the economy is the BBBEE with

the aim of rectifying the inequities of the past by seeking to significantly and rightfully

transferring resources to the majority of citizens while restoring dignity as well as self-

respect of those previously disadvantaged by white rule. The authors‟ enlightenment is

Page 78: A CRITICAL REVIEW OF BROAD BASED BLACK ECONOMIC

59

close to that of Van Rensburg (2010:50) who argues that the BBBEE Act (section 1) in

general outlines the policy as the economic liberation of women, workers, black people,

youth, the physically disabled, and people residing in remote isolated areas through

diverse integrated poverty and inequality alleviation strategies that include but not

mutually exhaustive to;

Increasing black people in the regulation, proprietorship and management of

enterprises;

Up skilling and developing the aptitudes of black people;

Attaining equal opportunities for all South Africans in the workplace through

employment equity;

Giving preferences to black companies in the procurement and supply chain

process;

Empowering communities, workers and cooperatives through profit sharing

initiatives;

Investing in black managed companies to reinstate their self-esteem and self-

respect.

Put differently, Chimhandamba (2008:16) propounds the view that the primary focus of

the policy is achieving equal opportunities that ensure broader and meaningful

participation in the economy by black people for sustainable development whereas

Standard Bank, (2008:2) advocates that it is tool for growth and sustainability of

businesses rather than mere giving away or receiving shares just to meet legislative

requirements of government. The submissions of both Standard Bank and Chimhamba

Page 79: A CRITICAL REVIEW OF BROAD BASED BLACK ECONOMIC

60

suggest that the policy is not to retard economic growth but to strengthen it through

redistribution.

The National Development Plan (NDP) states that political democracy can survive and

flourish if the masses of the people are emancipated from poverty, given land, and

offered with prospects for a better life, hence, attacking poverty and deprivation must be

the first priority of a democratic government (Statistics South Africa (STATSSA, 2014:6).

STATSSA (2014:6) as well specify the two central objectives of the NDP, namely the

elimination of poverty and reduction of inequalities signifying that the plan will be

gauged by the degree to which the lives and opportunities of the underprivileged South

Africans are transmuted in a sustainable manner. B-BBEE is one of the poverty and

inequality strategies that will stimulate the local economy and ameliorate sustainable

growth.

The target group in the policy is mainly black South Africans comprising Africans,

Chinese, Indians and Coloureds with the intended beneficiaries being the physically

challenged, the youth, rural women and workers. This raises questions about who are

actually black people. The policy delineates black peoples as “a generic term for black

South Africans, Coloureds, Indians, and Chinese and who attain citizenship prior to the

date of independence” (Kruger, 2011:209). Kruger further submits that Article 2 of the

Act aims to expedite B-BBEE policy with the following objectives:

To permit involvement of black people in the economy by promoting economic

transformation;

Page 80: A CRITICAL REVIEW OF BROAD BASED BLACK ECONOMIC

61

To enable racial representation in ownership and management of current, new

and potential companies to achieve considerable fairness;

To improve the level of inclusion and access of stakeholders such as community

groups, unions, and individual workers in the activities of current, new and

potential companies;

To continuously assess the participation of black women as to whether they

possess, and manage current, new and potential companies whiles monitoring

the extent of their access to the economy, and skills development;

To realise sustainable and prosperous development by promoting investment

programmes that lead to all-encompassing and significant participation in the

economy by the previously disadvantaged;

To enable rural communities access to economic activities, property,

infrastructure, proprietorship and expertise;

To make funding and credit facilities available to empower blacks (Kruger,

2011:3).

3.3 EMPIRICAL REVIEW

In the past decade, a number of researchers have sought to examine the effects of

BBBEE implementation in achieving its objective of equal and just society. For instance,

an empirical research carried out by Ngwenya (2007:61) found that the BBBEE as a tool

for reversing inequality and bolstering economic growth has only been effective in

Page 81: A CRITICAL REVIEW OF BROAD BASED BLACK ECONOMIC

62

ensuring a skewed transformation to the advantage of handful of connected black

people and the pace of transformation has been similarly slow.

Two years later, a similar study was conducted by Moyo (2009:64), this time in the

Metal and Engineering sector in Ekurhuleni Region and found that implementing the

BBBEE has little impact in terms of “opportunities, increase in turnover, new customers,

innovative ideas by the new partner and does not help the business to acquire new

contracts” as envisaged by the policy. The author further reported that it was impossible

to comply with the codes due to lack of skilled labour particularly women in the metal

and engineering sector, the implementation of the code results in loss of business focus

thereby impeding business performance rather than improving it. lastly, Moyo records

that apart from the “neglect of existing customers” businesses have less time to attract

potential clients and more importantly lose control of their businesses as a result of

dolling out shares to “strangers”

Moyo (2009:66) made recommendations to these staggering findings mentioning that

“the skills development element should weigh more than ownership and management

control in the scorecard. In the final analysis Black people need skills far more than

some promotions and share ownership that might be fronting.” Moreover, the author

called for a complete overhaul of the policy to foster culture of creativity and innovation

because as it currently stands, black people are lethargically waiting for „BBBEE deals‟

whiles white people are reluctant to new businesses for black people to acquire shares

at a later date.

Page 82: A CRITICAL REVIEW OF BROAD BASED BLACK ECONOMIC

63

More recently, Tshetu (2014:93-104) in a research, analysed the value created for

stakeholders through the implementation of BBBEE. Tshetu specifically ask the

research question: “has value been created for all stakeholders involved?” The study

retorts that the value created by BBBEE could have been realised without its

implementation, implying that the policy is nothing less than a deception. To create

value, Tshetu recommends that the DTI should effectively manage holdups such as

corruption, fronting, and non-compliance. The author also recommends that the DTI

should personally administer the implementation of the policy because at present there

is misalignment between policy drafters, policy implementers and measured entities.

The above empirical literature pertaining to BBBEE implementation strongly suggests

that its implementation gap exists as the policy has unable to create value for

stakeholders, not managed to curtail widening inequality gap, and an artificial distance

is created among stakeholders. Besides, the several studies have been produced about

BBBEE (Tshetu, 2014; Moyo, no; Ngwenya 2007), nonetheless there is still insufficient

data focusing on proper analysis in the rural areas. Specifically, no previous study has

investigated the performance of forestry firms in to ascertain whether value is being

created through the implementation of the FSC. This study will therefore debut research

in the field.

3.4 ELEMENTS AND REQUIREMENTS OF FSC GENERIC BBBEE CODES

The guiding principle that clarifies the implementations of the BBBEE policy is known as

the Codes of Good Practice also known as the Codes (Jack 2007:66). The Codes

provides a starting point for the forest sector firms to develop a charter. As a result, the

Page 83: A CRITICAL REVIEW OF BROAD BASED BLACK ECONOMIC

64

FSC was gazetted in May 2009 in accordance with section 9 (1) of BBBEE Act 53 of

2003 (DTI, 2009:1). The codes are categorised into seven (now five) elements and

provide the standard instrument for fair outcome which is intended to offer black people

the opportunity to own and manage part of existing businesses while concurrently

boosting the establishment of black businesses through preferential and entrepreneurial

development (Cargill 2010:24).

Section 4 (page 4) of the FSC states its objectives as: to change the racial and gender

composition in the forest sector; nurture black-owned and black-managed forestry firms;

use the forestry sector as a catalyst to empower disadvantaged black communities;

promote sustainable jobs; and ensure fair contracting in the forest sector.

Section 5.2 (page 5) advocates for and inclusive empowerment process in the

transformation agenda. Specifically it states that “an inclusive process with the

participation and commitment of all stakeholders in the forest sector, including all

enterprises, whether large or small. Inclusiveness is required both in relation to the

formulation and implementation of the Charter.”

It also promotes economic growth, stating that the current sector players will ultimately

reach its maximum potential if new players are not attracted to it. Along with this

sentiment, section 5 (3) of the FSC stress envisages to “maintain its global

competitiveness and profitability to secure long term sustainable growth.” This growth

according to the policy should be linked to the transformation needs of the rural poor

and lead to the development of small business development as well as increase

productivity of the sector.

Page 84: A CRITICAL REVIEW OF BROAD BASED BLACK ECONOMIC

65

Likewise, The FSC (section 5.4) promotes partnership which was formerly non-existent

in the apartheid economy mentioned earlier. The implementation therefore seeks to

develop partnership between sub-sectors to safeguard interdependence among them in

the sector, between the industry and government and between the sector and local

communities. Successful partnership secures effective transfer of skills, and mentors

black-owned enterprises to thrive in the competitive business environment, provide

financial resources from government and ensure community beneficiation.

The FSC affects all forestry related companies such as timber growers, pole growers,

sawmill companies, charcoal producers, and fibre subsector unless they are Exempted

Micro Enterprises (EMEs) with less that R5 million annual revenue turnover and are

automatically deemed level 4 contributors (Standard Bank, 2008:3). Four out of seven

of the Codes applies to a micro enterprise also known as a Qualifying Small Enterprise

(QSE) with an annual turnover ranging from R5 million to R35 million (Jack, 2007:73).

Moyo (2009:65) in his study of small businesses in Gauteng asserts businesses should

focus on any four of the codes that are easy for them to comply with. This plea was

made in response to small businesses complaints that the requirement of the ownership

element is difficult to meet. Conversely, large companies with annual gross revenue

above R35 million are expected to act in accordance with all the seven elements but

Moyo failed to provide any strategy thereof.

The Codes are legally binding and government departments including state-owned

companies are obliged to choose their suppliers, and clients from BBBEE-compliant

entities, hence a non-compliant firm will find it difficult, if not impossible to operate in the

economy (Standard Bank, 2008:3).

Page 85: A CRITICAL REVIEW OF BROAD BASED BLACK ECONOMIC

66

TABLE 3.1: COMPONENTS OF THE GENERIC BBBEE SCORES AND

WEIGHTINGS FOR THE FOREST SECTOR

Component Weightings

Ownership 20

Management control 10

Employment Equity 15

Skills Development 15

Preferential procurement 20

Enterprise development 15

Socio-economic development 5

Total points (excluding special bonus

points)

100

Source: (Jeffery, 2014:143)

According to the DTI (2003:29) the codes (as in Table 3.1) provide a rudimentary

structure that facilitates measurable targets for the policy‟s three core pillars;

Equity through skills training and employment;

Empowering directly by allowing the less privileged to own, manage and control

companies; and

Developing enterprises and channelling procurement to the less capable

companies to make them competitive, viable and sustainable.

The weightings for ownership and preferential procurement are the highest and have

equal weightings of 20 points. Employment equity and skills development equally have

Page 86: A CRITICAL REVIEW OF BROAD BASED BLACK ECONOMIC

67

weighting of 15 points. The socio-economic development component gives companies 5

points. However, the amended code now has the enterprise development having the

highest point.

TABLE 3.2: ELEMENTS FOR QUALIFYING SMALL ENTERPRISES (QSE’S)

Component Points

Ownership 25

Management control 25

Employment Equity 25

Skills Development 25

Preferential procurement 25

Enterprise development 25

Socio-economic development 25

Total points (for meeting any 4

elements)

100

Source: Department of Trade and Industry (2007: 79)

Jeffery (2014:143) argues that complying with the Codes is not obligatory but

enterprises with low points may struggle to remain in business because they will be

denied government contracts and forest permits. Generally, compliant firms prefer to do

business with compliant firms since it boost their points, legibility and acceptance

(Empowerdex, 2007: 2); hence procuring from non-compliant companies will ultimately

be unproductive and disastrous strategically (Farreira & de Villiers, 2012:12).

Page 87: A CRITICAL REVIEW OF BROAD BASED BLACK ECONOMIC

68

A firm‟s compliance with the FSC therefore has two implications for their operations: the

extent to which firms will accumulate points for transacting business with other firms and

the extent to which it can conduct business with government departments (Farreira et

al., 2012:12). The subsequent discussions will explore each component of the Codes in

detail.

3.4.1 FSC TARGETS UNDER THE OWNERSHIP ELEMENT

As Van Rensburg (2010:75) put it “black people own nothing in South Africa” but are the

majority from Musina in the north to Cape Town in the South and from Namaqualand in

the west to Durban in the East. The forest sector charter aims to transform the industry

between 2009 and 2019 by transferring 30% ownership of forestry companies to black

people (FSC, 2009:8). This target will be a collaborative effort between government and

the industry to provide support such as:

Existing forest enterprises must transfer 25% of their equities to black people but

medium and large firms must transfer additional 5% to achieve a 30% target;

State forests must be reorganized to support black people towards achieving

shares in forestry companies;

Developing existing and potential black enterprises (individually or cooperatively)

to enter into forestry activities such as afforestation and other value adding

activities.

Ensure gender equity by transferring between 10% and 15% of equity to black

women. This special focus on women is to promote their participation in the

forest sector which was previously men dominated;

Page 88: A CRITICAL REVIEW OF BROAD BASED BLACK ECONOMIC

69

Government makes funds available for black people to complete BBBEE

transactions. The Department of Water Affairs and Forestry (DWAF)

represesenting the government through its influence, will negotiate funding for

these transsactions. DWAF will knock on the doors of Departments such as

Department of Land Affairs (DLA), Department of Agriculture (DoA) and the Land

Bank as well as corporations such as Industrial Development Corporation (IDC)

to source funds for emerging entrepreneurs. DWAF will also consult with the

National Treasury to provide funds to establish a Development Fund for the

purchase of seeds, land, and tree planting. This is essential for people not to be

left out as a result of lack of funds. Industries on the other hand, will develop

various financial models to underpin this initiative, propose the financial models

to financial institutions for approval, and recommend insurance models feasible

for emerging growers as this sector is pestered by continuous forest fires (FSC,

2009:8,9,13).

Consequently, the ownership component hinges on the voting rights of beneficiaries

(Jack 2007:119). The share of a company gives the shareholder the right to vote and

one share equals one vote. Having the right to vote implies that the shareholder has

some degree of power to control the company where control is determined by the

number of shares one owns. Van Rensburg, (2010:77) notes that there must be enough

evidence to prove that the black shareholder exercises their own vote otherwise, no

point will be rewarded to the company however, it is worrying to note that the voting

right of many shareholders have been relinquished to the sponsors of their shares.

3.4.1.1 BARRIERS TO THE OWNERSHIP ELEMENT IMPLEMENTATION

Page 89: A CRITICAL REVIEW OF BROAD BASED BLACK ECONOMIC

70

The ownership category of the FSC policy is the most provocative elements of the

Codes. This section will discuss about three of the most pertinent ones that still need

elucidation.

ONCE EMPOWERED, ALWAYS EMPOWERED (OEAE) PRINCIPLE: one contentious

subject under the ownership element is whether a firm‟s BBBEE certificate expires or

not especially when BBBEE investor sells their share. In the Financial Sector charter

code of 2003 for instance, if BEE investors sell off their shares to whites, the measured

entities maintain their full points under ownership (Jeffery, 2014:154). The OEAE is the

principle that gives companies permanent empowerment status even after black

investors have departed from the firm either because of sale or loss of their shares

(Masombuka, 2015:2). Masombuka clarify that certification exists based on the following

conditions;

The black shareholder must own the share for a minimum of 3 years;

There must be some value created whiles share was in the possession of the

black investor;

The point that is obtained from this scenario must not exceed 40% of the entity‟s

overall score under the ownership element (Landsberg, 2013:2).

This has incurred the displeasure of many critics, alluding that the OEAE principle of the

transformation process in the end return the full ownership of the economy to whites.

Gqubule (Cited in Jeffery 2014:155) warned that white firms will hold on to the

certificates and prevent other potential black investors purchasing the shares so as to

benefit empowerment policy. Masombuka (2015:3) perhaps argued that the intended

purpose of any transformation policy is to ensure a sustainable active participation of

Page 90: A CRITICAL REVIEW OF BROAD BASED BLACK ECONOMIC

71

the previously oppressed into the mainstream economy; hence the OEAE principle

limits this objective so it cannot be defended in the BEE jurisprudence and that the

minimum of 30% ownership must be maintained, safeguarded and protected throughout

the existence of the firm. This implies that measured entities must always look for new

BBBEE investors should the existing investor choose to leave the entity in order to

maintain their BEE points in the ownership category.

Khumalo (2015:1) disputes Masombuka‟s assertion, stating that it is unreasonable for a

firm that has empowered a black shareholder economically to lose their BBBEE points

after the shareholder has disposed of the shares. Considering the cost of financial

facilitation and the time involved Cargill (2010:47) rebels that it is irrational for firms to

prepare new transactions anytime a black investor opts out deliberately or

unintentionally. Cargill‟s interpretation overlooks much of the intents of the ownership

element as such Jeffery (2014:155) uphold that the social benefit of the policy will be at

stake if the principle is sustained as it defeats the purpose of the policy which is to offer

black people the opportunity to put forth their influence in economic decisions. Gqubule

admonished BEE investors to avoid the „get rich quick‟ syndrome and focus on asset

ownership as BEE is not similar to gaming club where one makes quick bucks and

vacate, this will be a recipe for disaster for the policy (cited in Johnson 2009:393).

NARROW-BASED BEE: The ownership element has also been criticized for focusing

on selected individuals who acquire BBBEE deals for self-wealth at the expense of

black majority. Precisely, the likes of ANC stalwarts such as former presidential

spokesperson Mac Maharaj; mining magnate and founder of Mamelodi Sundowns

Football club Patrice Motsepe; South Africa‟s deputy president Cyril Ramaphosa; former

Page 91: A CRITICAL REVIEW OF BROAD BASED BLACK ECONOMIC

72

Human Settlement minister Tokyo Sexwale; and others including Bulelani Ngcuka, and

Smuts Ngonyama are major beneficiaries of BBBEE in the past (Jeffery 2014:156). The

author lamented that ordinary black South Africans on the streets are not even aware of

the policy, not to talk of the benefits but only selected ANC members who are already

millionaires continue to benefit from it.

In an attempt to broaden this element, most of the deals between 2005 and 2006 were

transferred to employees of entities but critics contended that such deal was meant to

serve mere retention purposes and an employee who is a shareholder will have limited

influence to affect business decisions. Fortunately, the code now stipulates that only

40% of the 30% share ownership will be accepted in the Employee share ownership

programme (Esop) (Cachalia, 2017:2). Even then, Cargill (2010:160) accentuate that all

these are still narrow-based as they only benefits individuals thus suggested that to

broaden the policy to ensure that it reaches the poor majority of citizens; the shares

should be given to foundations with community service objective; to cooperatives in

societies; and to trusts representing the communities.

THE COST BENEFIT ANALYSIS OF OWNERSHIP: the ownership element where

companies are expected to transfer 30% shares to blacks usually has unpredictable

benefits to blacks and the economy at large as this process is not the creation of a new

company but sharing of existing one. More so, the deal comes with little to no benefit to

the measured entity as most BBBEE investors come with inadequate business acumen

as well as experience yet cost of the transaction is mostly enormous. The economy

eventually shrinks compared to allowing entities to assist black business people

establish their businesses (Cargill 2010:205). Cargill was concerned about the cost of

Page 92: A CRITICAL REVIEW OF BROAD BASED BLACK ECONOMIC

73

BEE deals which stood at R600 billion in 2013 even though this amount is doubtful

because many of the unlisted companies were not included in the figure. Jeffery,

(2014:158) lamented that the amount of money spent on BEE deals can well be used to

improve the infrastructural deficit confronting the country‟ stability.

3.4.2 MANAGEMENT CONTROL OF THE FSC 10 BEE POINTS

It is envisaged that the FSC act in accordance with the Codes of Good Practice under

management control by ensuring that the previously advantaged (black women, black

men, Indians, Coloureds and Chinese) contribute significantly to the management of

forestry formations (FSC, 2009: 9).

Under the management control category, measured entities can obtain 10 points for the

inclusion of black people which allow them a 50% voting right at board level and top

management (Moyo 2009:22). The firm must also endeavour to include at least 40%

blacks at the top management level and bonus point will be earned if about 50% of the

black directors are women (Empowerdex 2007:6). The inclusion of black people at the

board level is vital to ensure their superior participation in the management of firms.

Jack (2007:228) establishes that board members exercise more authority and influence

compared with shareholder hence advocates for more points under this element. A

board member is by definition are people in a measured entity who engage in the

everyday management and control the entity and are normally appointed by

shareholders.

The management element only takes into account top management because both

middle and low-rank management have less decision-making powers that does not

Page 93: A CRITICAL REVIEW OF BROAD BASED BLACK ECONOMIC

74

impact on the strategies of companies (Codes of Good Practice: Schedule 1, Part 2,

Definitions) and due to the fact that he other level of management is dealt with under

employment equity. Senior top management according to the Code is an employee of a

measured entity, such as the chief executive officer, the chief operating officer, the chief

financial officer and other related positions, appointed by the board of directors to

perform the daily operations of the entity, long-term planning, development and

implementation, and takes the responsibility for the overall financial management of the

measured entity. Top management is similarly related to senior top management except

that the top manager is an employee who in addition, holds rights of ownership and

serves on the board as well. Examples of Top Management posts that are recognized

by the Codes are the heads of sales, marketing, public relations, transformation and

human resources departments (Van Resburg 2010:90).

A board member with voting rights usually carries more weight (3 points is allocated to

board members with exercisable voting right and 2 points for black executive directors)

because of their greater tactical influence in the firm. The point by top management

position is 3 with senior top manager weighing a maximum of 3 and other top manager

earning 2 points (Van Resburg 2010:91). Standard Bank (2008:13) points out that

through the Adjusted Recognition for Gender (ARG), the Code lays more prominence

on inclusion of women in management. In this case, the percentage of a black woman is

added to the percentage of black representation divided by 2. Jack (2007:235) praises

this stance and that these differentiations are important to create diversity needed in

most companies, to transform the country into a more equal society and to figure out the

level of black supremacy over strategic operations in companies.

Page 94: A CRITICAL REVIEW OF BROAD BASED BLACK ECONOMIC

75

The number of black executive directors has increased tremendously in recent years.

For exampleEmpowerdex (2012:1) reports that between 2006 and 2012, JSE listed

companies black directors grew from 93 to 177 representing 90%; the number of non-

executive directors jumped to 869 from 392 symbolizing 120%; and lastly in 1992, there

were only 15 black directors though in 2012, the number rose to 1 046 executive and

non-executive black directors, denoting about 7000%.

However, the chairperson of the Employment Equity Commission Mpo Mkeli though

acknowledged the level of improvement, was not impressed with the numbers, pointing

out that the number only represent 4.4% of total black directors in JSE listed companies

therefore it does not call for any celebration (Sibanyoni 2010:1). The South African

Institute of Chartered Accountant (SAICA) CEO Terence Nombembe also put across

that a staggering 75% of directors are still whites with 87% of them being males, hence

a need for more speedy transformation (Timeslive, 2014:1).

Jeffery (2014:159) oppose that the policy has done its bit in bringing transformation to

the economy as both experienced and politically connected blacks have benefitted

immensely and are still benefitting from it. For instance in 2013, the former national

treasurer of the ANC who is a lawyer by profession was board member of not less than

80 companies. Also, before his appointment as the deputy president of the ANC and the

country, Cyril Ramaphosa was sitting on over 50 company boards.

The performance of companies in the management category has been showing a

fluctuating trend in the last eight years. In 2008 for instance, companies scored 62%

(6.2 out of 10 points), then fell to 42% (4.2 out of 10 points) in 2010, and rose to 49%

Page 95: A CRITICAL REVIEW OF BROAD BASED BLACK ECONOMIC

76

(4.9 out of 10 points) in 2012 (KPMG 2013:13). The accounting firm could not provide

any reason for the fluctuations but Jeffery (2014:160) believe that black directors often

lack the skills, the expertise and the experience to effectively manage their assigned

duties. His conviction stems from the evidence presented by the founders of the former

low-cost airline 1Time. The evidence suggested a lack of experience of the BEE

directors as the main cause of their downfall. To achieve a 50% black representation at

the board level, the airline gave 25% ownership to a BEE consortium. Subsequently, yet

without experience, a number of black directors were appointed who later on outvoted

and outnumbered the board. The CEO Rodney James observed that the black directors

without learning the business complexities of the airline industry, made suicidal

decisions, the biggest of which was the killing of the airline‟s cash flow by cutting

operations by 30%. This business decision, coupled with loss of business control by the

experience directors led airline to go insolvent. This illustration of the airline though not

related to the forest sector is highly relevant for measured entities to take a cue from.

3.4.3 EMPLOYMENT EQUITY 15 BEE POINTS

Under this element measured entities must comply with the Employment Equity Act as

contained in the Codes to achieve the objectives of having black professionals in

technical and skilled positions in the sector. Furthermore, forestry businesses are

mandated to continuously report to well instituted Charter Council on steps being taken

to improve workplace conditions. The workplace condition is underpinned by the Basic

Conditions of Employment Act as well as legislations pertaining to fair labour practices

at the Department of Labour. Forestry companies that Fail to comply with this statute

Page 96: A CRITICAL REVIEW OF BROAD BASED BLACK ECONOMIC

77

will miss the opportunity to do business with state forestry companies (FSC, 2009:9,

12).

The category of the scorecard quantifies the number of black employees in each level of

management in a business as set out in the existing Employment Equity Act (EEA)

(Standard Bank 2008:14). The goal of EEA is to promote impartial employment

prospects, just and fair treatment in the labour system by eliminating unfair

discrimination; to safeguard justifiable representation of all categories of the population

in all sectors and to implement corrective measures to balance the unequal labour

system (EEA, No. 55 of 1998:7). This Act, according to industry experts (see Bardien,

2005:23) poses a challenge in that black professionals are in in short supply in certain

industries; hence it becomes a hurdle, if not unmanageable to empower them.

Notwithstanding the hurdles, the government is of the opinion that considering the

domination of white-owned firms in the economy, can only be fair to local communities if

firms are coerced to employ local people. In view of that, Jeffery (2010:275) propounds

that the code allocates 15 points to measured entities on the following conditions:

The firm must have 43% black representation in first phase (from 2009 to 2011)

and 60% black representation in the next phase (2012 to 2019) at senior

management level;

At middle management level, the firm must attain 63% and 75% in the first phase

and second phase respectively; and

At the junior management level, 68% must be achieved by the firm in the first

phase and 80% in the next phase

Page 97: A CRITICAL REVIEW OF BROAD BASED BLACK ECONOMIC

78

A subminimum of 40% is nonetheless required for a measured entity to receive any

point under this element (Van Resburg 2010:94). The scope of the Codes is limited than

that of the EEA in that it does not involve white women and white disabled people

hereafter called designated groups while the EEA considers these groups as

beneficiaries (EEA No. 55 of 1998: sections 13:20). Pretorius, Klinck & Ngwena

(2009:10) lament that this difference creates some level of impediments for firms to act

in accordance with the codes since the same measured entity has to comply with both

Acts but with different beneficiaries.

Except measuring participation of the black people at all level of employment, the

objective of the EEA and the Codes is to ensure income equality (EEA No. 55 of 1998:

section 27). This implies that employees with the same duties, experience and

responsibilities must be remunerated equally and any anomalies be reported to the

Director-General in the Department of Labour by the employers. The EEA emphasise

preference for the formerly excluded but not through replacing white employees with

black, hence Jack (2007:252) argued that the onus rest on government to either create

more jobs or create an enabling environment for the private sector to create jobs.

In the actual measurement process of this element, not all black people in a company

are considered employees. According to the Labour Relations Act 66/1995, an

employee is

Anyone except independent contractor who works for another person, or the

state in return for compensation; and

Page 98: A CRITICAL REVIEW OF BROAD BASED BLACK ECONOMIC

79

Any other individual who assists an employer in rendering or directing their

business.

An independent contractor is freelancer whose duty is to perform a specific work to

produce a specific result; who may employ the service of others to complete a task;

whose work is time bound; whose agreement may continue (provided he/she has a

good replacement) even after death; and whose contract ends as soon as the work is

produced (Worklaw 2006:3). A person falling within this range is strictly excluded from

being counted in the employment equity element as they are incorporated in the

preferential procurement element. Jack (2007:255) follow-ups that persons hired

contractually weigh more (20 points) under the preferential procurement element than

retaining them as employees under the employment equity element. This may be one of

the reasons firms prefer to hire more independent contractors on their payroll to

permanent employees.

The performance of firms in this element has been very dismal and murky. Empowerdex

(2012:6) remarked that averagely, the compliance score was 31% (4.7/15) and 40%

(6/15) in 2008 and 2011 respectively. KPMG (2013:12) also mentioned that firms

categorized this as the most prioritized element in 2011 while 23% regarded it as the

most challenging in terms of implementation. Most of the firms provide the following

reasons for this gloomy performance include;

Except the difficulty in getting a black skilled labour, it is not inexpensive;

Attracting a good competent black managers with technical experience is nerve-

wracking and nail-biting;

Page 99: A CRITICAL REVIEW OF BROAD BASED BLACK ECONOMIC

80

The pool of skilled white labour outweigh blacks who are supposed to be

employed as ratified by the policy (Jeffery 2014:162);

3.4.4 SKILLS DEVELOPMENT 15 BEE POINTS

The FSC acknowledges that for companies to achieve equity in employment and have

effective management, skills development must be of utmost importance. To this end,

companies in this sector must spend at least 3% of their budget on training black people

and half of this should target women and the disabled. This target must be achieved in a

period of 3 years. More importantly, a Sector Skills Plan (SSP), an initiative to provide

forestry employees with the requisite skills required by the sector has been developed

(in collaboration with statutory bodies including South African Qualifications Authority,

SAQA, Forest Education and Training Authority, FETA and forestry firms) for all forestry

firms to comply with. This skills development initiative must gear towards the youth,

women and new employees with little or no skills. It must also target staff engaging in

land reform activities so as to safeguard sustainability in the process (FSC, 2009:32).

Jack (2007:272-273) put forward that this era of globalization, competition and

information and communication technology will not benefit black people until most of

them are reskilled, re-equipped and retrained hence the establishment of Skills

Development Act 97/1998 (SDA) and the Skills Development Levies Act 9 of 1999

(SDLA). With regards to this, approximately 27 Setas including the National Skills

Authority, as well as the Department of Labour (the Skills Development Unit) have been

established to oversee the successful implementation of the training development

programme. All expenditure by the measured entities is refunded once an accredited

Page 100: A CRITICAL REVIEW OF BROAD BASED BLACK ECONOMIC

81

verification agency certifies the successful training of staff (Bowman Gilfillan Attorneys

2010:38).

The 15 BEE points is sub-categorised into Skills Development Expenditure and

Learnerships which are 9 points and 6 points respectively. According to Ngcukaitobi

(2010:39), seven learnerships and skills development programmes are recognised by

the Code which include;

Theory-based institutions with formal assessment and evaluated by the

institution;

Theory-based institutions with practical learning in a firm or a replica of a firm

environment which is assessed formally by the institution;

Practical learning in the workplace that is assessed formally by a professional

body after the awarding of a qualification;

Learning programmes that are contractually work-based and assessed formally

by a recognised organisation;

Learning programmes that are work-based which does not require any contract

but assessed formally by an recognised organisation; and

Informal programmes that are work related;

Jeffery (2014:163) observes that the skills development element is of more value to

businesses compared with ownership element to be specific because adequate skills

are vital to improved productivity, profits, business expansion and more economic

growth. Similarly, KPMG (2014:4) argues that this element is perhaps important to

reduce the adverse skill deficiency that has beleaguered the economy, more particularly

the private sector which has led to thousands of vacant posts left unfilled. In her lecture

Page 101: A CRITICAL REVIEW OF BROAD BASED BLACK ECONOMIC

82

at Georgetown University in 2013, the then leader of AgangSA indicated that about 800

000 vacant post were not filled as a result of skill scarcity (Ramphele 2013:2).

The managing director of Manpower South Africa also observed that the lack of

technical skills has negative impact on both the economy and employment leading to

high unemployment and poverty among the youth (Steyn 2015:1). These comments

even make the skills development element a more strategic business choice. Steyn

(2015:2) stated that about 31% of employers hire either unqualified or under qualified

staff and train them to acquire the necessary skills needed for better-quality productivity

thus it is unquestionable to even increase the point under this code.

3.4.5 PREFERENTIAL PROCUREMENT 20 BEE POINTS

In as much as forestry companies must adhere to the national codes, it is essential that

a report be submitted to the FSC Charter Council about strategies being implemented

by firms to bring sanity to procurement processes. The following interventions are in

place to accomplish this:

The enactment of codes to control the procurement relationship among forestry

companies, contractors and subcontractors. This code envisages bringing

transparency, fairness and impartiality in the supply chain process, as well as in

tendering for contractors to ensure improvement in profit margins for contractors;

The enactment of codes to guide forest grower schemes to maintain fair labour

practices, openness in pricing and ensure business practices that considers the

views of stakeholders;

Page 102: A CRITICAL REVIEW OF BROAD BASED BLACK ECONOMIC

83

The enactments of codes to guide the relationship between small and large scale

charcoal producers and charcoal users in order to bring about stability in pricing,

agree on pricing, prevent collusion with its associated cartels and enhance good

business practices and fairness in business deals (FSC, 2009:12).

The FSC policy envisages that between 2009 and 2016, companies including

government departments should purchase at least 50% of goods and services from

BBBEE compliant firms and by 2019, it should increase to 70% (Jeffery 2014:165). This

suggests that a company must choose its suppliers prudently to improve their likelihood

of meeting these targets.

The preferential procurement category permits firms to score 20 BEE points provided

that purchase is procured from BEE compliant firms. The higher a suppliers BEE point,

the higher the purchasers point and amount to claim (Standard Bank 2008:16).

The preferential procurement element is overseen by the Preferential Procurement

Policy Framework Act (PPPFA) with the mandate to reverse the discriminatory conduct

of awarding tenders to one category of the population on the basis of their experience

and skills. However, Ngobeni (2011:31) suggests that regardless of whoever is awarded

the tender, the contractor‟s work must be acceptable with respect to value, superiority,

obtainability and trustworthiness. In addition, the bid must;

Comply with the specifications and the necessary conditions;

Complete and sign all the approved forms to enable the principal to assess

applicant‟s forms;

Page 103: A CRITICAL REVIEW OF BROAD BASED BLACK ECONOMIC

84

Submit tax clearance and any other requirements needed by the evaluators to

make informed choice;

Prove that it has the ability and ability to implement and accomplish the project in

time (Ngobeni 2011:32).

Apart from Small and Medium Enterprise (SME) Development, creation of new jobs,

promotion of local economic development in municipalities through this element, Van

Rensburg (2010:100) argue that the PPPFA opens up existing markets, develops new

markets and increases black firms market share, thereby reducing their reliance on

government for survival; and increases compliance level of companies to achieve a

greater objective of the policy holistically.

BBBEE Analysts nevertheless stress that black companies perform poorly in managing

contracts and tenders due to lack of experience (Jeffery 2014:166) thereby let the

government down by doing incomplete substandard works. Mokgalapa (2012:2)

bemoans that poor quality work especially in the development of Reconstruction and

Development Programme (RDP) houses has had a debilitating effect on the poor.

People use their blackness and political connections to screw their way through

acquiring tenders which they have no prior experience of, denying the poor of a basic

necessity. Former ANC youth league leader Julius Malema together with his partners

was also one of the beneficiaries of black empowerment deals but provided sloppy

services to the Limpopo province (Jeffery 2014:167-168).

On the other hand, in spite of the incomplete substandard projejects, increased inflated

cost of projects has perhaps been a major feature of BBBEE deals. A typical example of

this was the collusive deals of the 2010 World Cup stadia in which the cost of Nelson

Page 104: A CRITICAL REVIEW OF BROAD BASED BLACK ECONOMIC

85

Mandela Bay, Moses Mabhida, Peter Mokaba, Green Point and Mbombela Stadia were

overpriced (Visser & Allix, 2014:1). Critically, Corruption Watch, (2013:1) laments that

each year, South Africa loses close to R25 billion to corrupt procurement processes and

complains about illegal awarding of tenders to friends of the ruling party has reached

stellar level in recent times. This organisation observed a new trend in the

empowerment process where individuals within the government form Trusts to defraud

departments through BBBEE deals. To illustrate this, Corruption Watch specifically

demonstrates that Mvula Trust Community Work Programme (CWP) is one of such

organisation that was awarded a tender valued at R30 million but could not even pay its

employees let alone deliver on their obligation (Corruption Watch, 2013:2). One of yet

talk about contract was Edison Power which was awarded a contract worth R1.25 billion

because of the director‟s friendship with the ANC president. The company was directed

to install smart electricity meters in Johannesburg and it was reported that other bidders

were far cheaper due to sourcing of components locally unlike the Edison Power which

imported them from the United States of America. Political commentators slam this

practice of enriching ANC comrades in the name of BBBEE (Jeffery 2014:171).

Gildenhuys (2002:605) argues that all potential bidders must be present when tenders

open in order to avoid irregularities but BBBEE deals are applied contrary to the above

basics. Gedye (2015:1) maintains that procurements go wrong because of the violations

of the tendering process, at the pre-tender, tendering and post-tender phases. In

general, Koppelmann (2004:1-8) and Ngobeni (2011:35) highlights that three problems

affect procurement processes: cost, price and innovation and finally established that the

Page 105: A CRITICAL REVIEW OF BROAD BASED BLACK ECONOMIC

86

absence of strategy, absence of methods of procurements, absence of innovations

contributes to the failure of procurement processes.

3.4.6 ENTERPRISE DEVELOPMENT- 15 BEE POINTS

According to the forestry charter, forestry companies must comply with the generic

codes whiles at the same time endeavour to meet the sector target which is the

development of enterprises owned by black people particularly forestry firms belonging

to black women. The sector targets capacitating small enterprises to broadly spread

benefits in the sector for the betterment of rural communities. Importantly, Section 13.2

of the charter states that to ensure proper implementation of this sector code, the

following additional instruments have been set up:

FINANCIAL ACCESSIBILITY FOR SPROUTING BLACK FORESTRY

ENTREPRENEURS: establishing new forest enterprise requires huge financial

burden which can only be recouped after many years. In this regard, a financial

model with flexible payment options is instituted to achieve successful

implementation. Government will in addition, lobby with banks for forest growers

to get better financial and economical insurance deals;

BUILDING CAPACITY OF SPROUTING BLACK BUSINESSES: the sector

understands that providing funds without building capacity of entrepreneurs will

amount to null since that will result in misuse of funds. Support services are to

this end, being introduced to capacitate emerging entrepreneurs in afforestation

financing, planning and management services. Furthermore, DWAF consults

industry stakeholders to embark on support services that assists Small Medium

Page 106: A CRITICAL REVIEW OF BROAD BASED BLACK ECONOMIC

87

and Micro Enterprises (SMME‟s) to educate them on issues ranging from

financing to actual forestry management;

ACCELERATE THE ACCESSIBILITY OF FACILITIES: the sector requires the

use of facilities that are very unaffordable for emerging entrepreneurs hence;

government intends to make these inaccessible facilities such as water

resources, dams, sawmills to make sure no individual is deprived of access to

the sector as a result of financial quandaries. Similarly, the sector aims to make

the application for mill licensing, and afforestation licensing more efficient by

sticking to timelines, publishing requirements and publishing decisions pertaining

to the approval or refusal of applications;

RESTRUCTURE LAND OWNERSHIP FOR AFFORESTATION: land belonging

deceased families, government and other entities will be restituted and

redistributed for afforestation, lease and to be transferred to previously

disadvantaged communities. This exercise will be strictly guided by the

Communal Land Right Act 11 of 2004.

CERTIFYING SMALL GROWERS: this will make them get recognized and get

access to various markets. In addition, government is able to provide assistance

and ensure that the aid gets to them if they are certified;

RAW MATERIAL ACCESSIBILITY: the sector aims to make access to raw

materials by charcoal producers more well-organized. This will be done by

publishing information as to the availability and locations of raw materials (FSC,

2009:13-15).

Page 107: A CRITICAL REVIEW OF BROAD BASED BLACK ECONOMIC

88

Cargill (2012:59) indicates that the main motive for this element is to reduce the high

failure rate of small black businesses but failure rate is not attributable to only black

businesses. Similarly, Van Rensburg (2010:102) affirms that a contribution of existing

white companies to black BEE companies in the form of financial or operational

assistance is the key principle of enterprise development. For instance, the donation of

a vehicle, machinery, advice, consultancy and service to a firm to make it operationally

effective is classified as enterprise development (Standard Bank 2008:18). The Code

categorically specifies that any donation made should primarily assist the firm to

accelerate sustainable development and ultimately the financial stability of benefitting

firm. Jack (2007:322) enunciates the main constituents of enterprise development that

can earn BEE points bulleted in Table 3.3.

The SA Yearbook (2011:138) mentions that SMMEs is roughly 2.8 million and

contribute almost 57% to the GDP, creating approximately 61% jobs. However, SMMEs

face major hurdle in accessing finance from credit institutions, contracting highly skilled

management, going international, acquiring modern-day technology and meeting

regulatory requirements (Abor & Quartey, 2010:224). Generally, entrepreneurs in South

Africa have inadequate skills and the confidence to operate effectively (Rogerson,

2008:70-73) while Olawale & Garwe (2010:729) in his study of small businesses in

South Africa found that only 25% of SMMEs sustain their businesses in the long term.

This calls for the need for small businesses to be inducted with new business skills so

as to remain locally and globally competitive. The enterprise development therefore

makes business and economic sense not only because of its ability to develop firms that

provide ancillary assistance to existing firms but can lead to a viable financial returns to

Page 108: A CRITICAL REVIEW OF BROAD BASED BLACK ECONOMIC

89

the investor, and affords the measured entity (the donor or investor) an opportunity to

meet BBBEE requirements while earning BBBEE points, sustaining jobs and reducing

inequality.

TABLE 3.3: ACTIVITIES THAT CONSTITUTE AN ENTERPRISE DEVELOPMENT

Offering grants and investing in beneficiary firm;

Providing loan to beneficiary firm;

Serving as Guarantor or providing collateral security for beneficiary companies;

Giving beneficiary firms preferential discount and payment terms in the sale of

goods and services by a measured entity;

Carrying out enterprise development of a beneficiary firm through a third party at

the measured entity‟s cost;

Discounts given to beneficiary entities in relation to the acquisition and

maintenance costs associated with the grant to those beneficiary entities of

franchise, licence, agency, distribution or other similar business rights;

Improving the operational or financial capacity of a business through providing

training and mentoring to the beneficiary firm;

Collaborating with government to develop infrastructure in a specific place that

sustains SMMEs.

Source: (Jack 2007:322)

Business analysts nonetheless doubt the enterprise development element of the BEE

claiming that small businesses do not have the requisite skills to acquire and apply the

knowledge being imparted by big businesses hence there must be other forms of

Page 109: A CRITICAL REVIEW OF BROAD BASED BLACK ECONOMIC

90

supporting them which include; building partnership with other small businesses to

amalgamate them for a solid foundation and providing tax holiday for certain period.

Jeffery, (2014:177) recommends that funding agencies specifically National

Empowerment Fund (NEF), National Youth Development Agency (NYDA), Industrial

Development Zone (IDC), Khula SMME Fund, South African Micro-Finance Fund

(SAMAF) and Small Enterprise Development Agency (SEDA) which are in disarray

should be merged as it increases administrative cost of managing the agencies. The

cost incurred in compensating their CEO and chairpersons could be used to support

businesses that are in dire need of funding.

3.4.7 SOCIO-ECONOMIC DEVELOPMENT - 5 BEE POINTS

This element is very vital as its goal is to provide rural communities where forest

enterprises with basic services as well as social amenities such as the road

maintenance, building schools, water provision, and the building clinics. In essence,

forestry firms must adhere to the generic codes.

The Bill of Rights emphatically instructs the state to take any actions it deems

nondiscriminatory to promote socio-economic equality of all citizens. The socio-

economic development of the BBBEE which is the last element of the policy with 5

BBBEE points is one of such moves. Standard Bank (2008:18) defines this element as

entailing the corporate social investment of forestry firms in their immediate

communities which may take different forms including donations, infrastructural

development, scholarships, employment quotas, employee share ownership and

provision of social amenities. Research (see Van Rensburg, 2010:104) shows that the

Page 110: A CRITICAL REVIEW OF BROAD BASED BLACK ECONOMIC

91

donor (the measured entity) as well as the recipient (the community) stand to benefit

immensely from this element as it legitimizes the firm‟s operations, provides security to

the firm‟s property and gives the recipient sustainable access to the profits of the

business.

This spoon-feeding stance of the policy has sparked socio economic debate among

social and economic commentators. Jeffery (2014:80) remarks that social investment in

communities has rather made them become scroungers perpetually waiting for

donations from firms. Contrarily, Standard Bank, (2008:19) differs with Jeffery‟s

assertion, stressing that the main objective of this element is to sustain communities

both economically and socially while benefitting the measured entity. For instance, a

measured entity that provides bursary to brilliant but needy students does not only

benefit the beneficiary but also it also provides a long-term human resource base for the

firm to fall on in times of need.

In terms of compliance, Jeffery (2014:180) maintains that this element is much

convenient for Qualifying Small Enterprises (QSEs) as well as big companies because it

is viewed as voluntary way of giving back to the communities.

3.5 THE AMENDED FOREST SECTOR CHARTER OF THE BBBEE ACT (ACT NO.

53 OF 2003)

The Amended Forest Sector Charter (AFSC) came into effect on 21st April, 2017 with

the goal of easing the sentiments of stakeholders in the implementation of the former

charter. The major observable amendment in the AFSC is the amalgamation of

employment equity into a single management control element. Similarly, preferential

Page 111: A CRITICAL REVIEW OF BROAD BASED BLACK ECONOMIC

92

procurement is merged with enterprise development now called enterprise and supplier

development.

Another noticeable change in the AFSC is the ownership element which has been

increased from 20 points to 25 points. This has been criticized by BBBEE pundits

(Jeffery, 2014:199) and labeled it as cementing of „institutionalised corruption‟ since

entrepreneurs are legally forced to surrender part of their hard-earned efforts to

individuals. Experts stress the need that more emphasis should be placed on enterprise

development; thus welcomed the increase in weighting of the element. It is believed that

eventually, the entire BBBEE must be shifted to enterprise development. This way,

innovation will be enhanced while simultaneously creating more jobs to meet economic

goals of the government.

TABLE 3.4: FOREST SECTOR BBBEE GENERIC SCORECARDS

Element Weighting Code series

reference

Ownership 25 points + 12 bonus points FSC 100

Management Control 19 points FSC 200

Skills development 20 points + 5 bonus points FSC 300

Enterprise and supplier

development

43 points + 6 bonus points FSC 400

Socio-economic development 5 points + 3 bonus points FSC 500

TOTAL 112 + 23 bonus points

Source: (AFSC, 2017: 14)

Page 112: A CRITICAL REVIEW OF BROAD BASED BLACK ECONOMIC

93

3.6 BOTTLENECKS TO FSC IMPLEMENTATION AND VERIFICATION

The FSC policy with its entire Codes more especially the preferential procurement

policy is plagued by the problems of fronting. The DTI (2005:3) defines fronting as any

dishonest practice that contravenes the codes of the policy as a result of firms‟

desperation for BEE certifications. Such deceitful practice allows firms acess to

incentives that are enjoyed by fully complied firms. According to the Corruption Watch

(2012:1) fronting constitute fraud which is misrepresenting a person to divert their

benefit to oneself, as oppose to corruption which is the misuse of public office office for

private gain. Company fronting takes the following forms:

WINDOW DRESSING: This occurs when black people are inhibited from

significantly contributing meaningfully to the company‟s decisions, policies and

laws but are part of the compny in principle. Their appointment is just symbolic to

attain BEE points. The core activities are set aside for the prime directors (DTI

2005:5);

BENEFIT DIVERSION: Since the firm has figurative directors and prime

directors, benefits accrued from BEE which is supposed to have gone to black

people is diverted or reduced. This process of benefits not reaching the intended

beneficiaries according to the policy is termed benefit diversion. Benefit diversion

perpetuates the menace of inequality (Bowman Gilfillan Attorneys, 2010:43);

OPPORTUNISTIC INTERMEDIARIES: firms mostly engage in dodgy

arrangements with other firms to take advantage each other‟s satisfactory BEE

status. In some instances, the opportunistic firm‟s identity is kept secret, terms

Page 113: A CRITICAL REVIEW OF BROAD BASED BLACK ECONOMIC

94

and conditions are not negotiated, hence the benefit becomes one-sided (DTI

2005:5);

DISCRIMINATION: Another pressing challenge confronting the smooth

implementation of the policy is the perceived discrimination that is raising its ugly

head in the empowerment process. Manbanga (2007:13) agree that coloured

population feel sidelined as the majority black population in the ruling ANC are

the major beneficiaries of tenders and procurements in the public sector. Blacks

are alleged to be the only beneficiaries of the empowerment policy as evidence

by the number of wealthy black people in recent times. Women as well have

continuously registered their dissatisfaction at the manner in which they are

relegated especially with regard to executive positions and how they are

relegated due to patriarchy. In 2008 for instance, women only occupied 14.6% of

directorship posts 18.6% were in executive positions (Duffett, Van der Heever, &

Bell, 2009:93). BEE supporters oppose that corporate businesses have

aggressively started incorporating women in their executive positions (Zondo

2008: 2) and Empowerdex (2008a:7) indicated that black women directorship has

been improved by a whopping 80% since 2006.

Fronting, in view of Myburgh (2012:2) is more sophisticated than policymakers can

imagine but was quick to defend that companies engage in fronting because there are

little to no black firms to apply for tenders. This view is however a tolerance of a

misconduct and unethical business practice because skilled firms can rather partner

with less skilled firms to tender for contracts for mutual benefits rather than exploitation.

McDonald (2015:1) attributes that some tenders are won with strongly bloated BBBEE

Page 114: A CRITICAL REVIEW OF BROAD BASED BLACK ECONOMIC

95

points but the companies are not capable to deliver on their mandate, hence it is open

to manipulation and deviousness. Examples of this abuse and opportunism according to

Corruption Watch (2012:2) include but not limited to the following:

The racial background of an employee may be manipulated by a company;

A black person may be employed in an executive position but with less salary

compared and authority compared with industry standards;

A company may list black people as shareholders but with ambiguous roles and

to a certain extent, are unaware of their duties;

At strategic decision-making level, black people are considered ceremonial and

not allowed to participate as such

A fully-fledged white company may be having false non-existent black

shareholders.

The BBBEE policy has moreover been tagged as narrow-based transformation (Duffet

et al., 2009:93) and tends to ameliorate the lives of handful of black people but not all

blacks as insinuated by many BBBEE proponents (Hoffman 2008:10). Since its

inception, empowerment deals that have been signed and executed are over 300 million

rands, the benefit of which went to selected well-connected privileged blacks or black

businesses (De Klerk, 2008:23). Even though companies like Multichoice, MTN,

Nedbank, Sasol, Baloworld and FNB have tried to broaden BBBEE benefits to poor

majority black people at discounted share prices (Sutcliffe 2007:26), this is merely sale

of shares which black people do not even hear of due to lack access to current

information and the menace of digital divide.

Page 115: A CRITICAL REVIEW OF BROAD BASED BLACK ECONOMIC

96

3.7 PENALTIES FOR THE CONTRAVENTION OF THE BEE AMENDMENT ACT NO.

46 OF 2013

The BEE Amendment Act otherwise known as the Broad-Based Black Economic

Empowerment Amendment Act, No. 46 of 2013, has made significant amendments to

the Act of 2003. Prominent among the changes is the issue of fronting which is now a

criminal offence (Sebati 2015:1). The Act classifies that a person is guilty with regard to

the BEE policy if they knowingly:

Indulge in fronting practices;

Falsify an enterprises BBBEE status;

If a BBBEE verification agency or a commission is furnish with deceitful

information (Jeffery 2014:188).

The Amendment Act defines knowingly as definite facts, where the facts are obtained

from either a thorough investigation or other measures that proves beyond reasonable

doubt that the actual knowledge is realistic. As pointed out earlier, the Act criminalizes

fronting and anyone or any firm that is found guilty of fronting may be liable to not more

than 10 years in prison if they are natural persons, if not a natural person a maximum

10% of the firm‟s annual turnover will be charged (Sebati 2015:2). In addition, the

offender, be it a person or a business will be listed as tender defaulter, will not be

allowed to transact business with any public entity or department for a duration of 10

years and their contract terminated outright (McDonald 2015:2).

These penalties are however without condemnations as Business Unity South Africa

(Busa), though generally welcomes the fines, but objects to a turnover-linked penalty.

Page 116: A CRITICAL REVIEW OF BROAD BASED BLACK ECONOMIC

97

Rather Busa is of the opinion that the fines must be sternly related to the disputed

contract because a turnover-linked fine will discourage investment which can result in

job losses (Cited in Jeffery 2014:189). The Banking Association of South Africa also

argue that outright termination of contracts due to fronting may result in lawsuits in the

form of judgment debts and the funders of companies will lose their indirect investment

(Jeffery 2014:189).

To oversee and promote compliance as well as arresting the challenges of

contraventions of the policy, the Amendment Act has established a supervisory body

referred to as the BBBEE Commission. The responsibilities of the Commission are to:

Ensure that companies adhere to the BBBEE act;

See to it that private and public sector are strengthened to collaborate with each

other to abide by the objectives of BBBEE Act;

Receive grievances concerning BBBEE implementation;

Investigate and respond to the grievances;

Collect, scrutinize and examine how the private sector, and public departments

are faring with BBBEE compliance (Hassan, Luckett & Ismail 2014:2).

3.8 EFFECTS OF THE BBBEE POLICY IMPLEMENTATION ON BUSINESSES AND

FOREIGN DIRECT INVESTMENT

The BEE policy has been existence for more than a decade and there has been mixed

reactions regarding its repercussions on businesses. Whereas businesses believe the

targets are impracticable, some analysts believe there is abnormal emphasis on the

drawbacks of the policy. Apart from economic transformation, BBBEE promoters

Page 117: A CRITICAL REVIEW OF BROAD BASED BLACK ECONOMIC

98

suggest that it stimulates economic growth. According to Le Roux et al. (2015:18) the

amendments of the BBBEE policy has the following business advantages:

It speeds up the career growth opportunities of black people. This is achieved

through training, apprenticeships, skills development and job opportunities. This

creates black professionals that will be of asset to the company, other companies

and the country;

It provides an incentive for the private sector to willingly commit their revenue to

the development of black staff. The skills attained will empower beneficiaries to

be innovative, creative and inventive which will improve their entrepreneurial

abilities;

No business can operate without adequate and stable factors of production.

Businesses cannot function even with the most skillful entrepreneur, without land

and capital. The policy provides leverage for young black industrialist to source

funds, thereby empowering them to financial independence;

It improves the marketing success of companies as major state departments are

obliged to procure from small black businesses. Going global by small firms is

mostly problematic and meeting all requirements is time-consuming. With the

introduction the policy, small black firms are able to even access international

markets through the aid of DTI;

Community development will be improved through the upgrade of such

infrastructure roads, community halls, libraries, schools, bridges, tap water and

electricity. The standard of living of communities will be elevated and enhanced

Page 118: A CRITICAL REVIEW OF BROAD BASED BLACK ECONOMIC

99

due to the introduction of poverty alleviation strategies brought about by some of

the companies.

Fauconnier & Mathur-Helm (2008: 1–14) and Milazi (2008b: 8) however stress that the

adoption of the codes does not necessarily imply companies willingness to uplift the life

of the poor but a formality to meet the requirements of the policy. Interestingly however,

meeting the requirements will automatically translate to economic upliftment of

communities.

Agreeing with the above argument on the benefit of BBBEE, Standard bank (2008:3)

proclaims that the BBBEE point of companies determines the decisions of lending

institutions in approving loans. Hence, if a firm is BBBEE compliant it will go a long way

to influence the amount to be offered by the bank. Except financial resources, firms are

provided with training and mentoring to assist them in their business success.

The financial institution also declares that BBBEE compliant firms have a better chance

of landing themselves in tenders than non-compliant firms. If factors such as price,

quality and product offering of competing firms are equivalent, BBBEE compliant

becomes the only yardstick to determine which firm should be awarded the contract.

The bank finally comes to an understanding that the policy is the only sound approach

to bring black majority of South Africans into the mainstream economy considering the

many decades of their neglect. Kleyhans et al., (2014:5) maintain BEE compliant firms

are certain about the safety of their investments and property because it includes local

indigenes. Expropriation of businesses by government or revolt by the community

against the business will therefore be reduced since they are directly or indirectly

shareholders.

Page 119: A CRITICAL REVIEW OF BROAD BASED BLACK ECONOMIC

100

The policy has conceivably been criticized for hampering economic growth of Foreign

Direct Investments (FDIs) and its tendency to empower certain group of people. The

high cost of doing business in the country has drastically increased since the inception

of the policy as a result of the need to comply with it (Jack 2006: 19–23). More

specifically, Turok (2006:59–64) maintain that the implementation of the policy and its

associated investment risk is frightening, however Duffett et al. (2014:92) acknowledge

that long term benefits outweigh the short term operating cost.

It is argued that the code does not result in real growth because it focuses on

redistribution of economic resources from one category of the population to another (Le

Roux et al., 2015:18). Skilled South African labour who does not meet the prerequisites

of BBBEE will be jobless or unable to seek job easily, hence may be forced to migrate

to developed countries to seek greener pastures, leading to a slowdown in the transfer

of skills within the economy (Mathe 2008:16).

The cost associated with the execution of BBBEE will discourage FDI into the country.

This is because the return on investment will have to be shared among BBBEE

beneficiaries which is not the case in non-BEE destinations (Butler 2006: 83). The BEE

policy is not detrimental to FDI‟s as speculated by analysts but rather, a beneficial

companion of foreign investors. The declaration of their BBBEE status always has

positive impact on their brand (Wolmarans & Sartorius 2009: 180–193). In fact, in their

research about the success of the policy, Duffett et al., (2014:93) report that 44% of

Europeans were optimistic about the policy where only 35% disliked the element of

ownership.

Page 120: A CRITICAL REVIEW OF BROAD BASED BLACK ECONOMIC

101

Le Roux et al., (2015:18) emphasizes that the new BBBEE codes will ultimately reduce

the investment prospects of South Africa which has long been labelled as an excellent

investment destination buttressed by Figure 3.1. A rational businessperson who invests

in South Africa immediately loses 51% of their investment due to a requirement of

BBBEE. The remaining capital for the investor is only 49%. To overcome the loss of

51% and also achieve a return of 10%, 61% growth will be required. From business

point of view, this is unrealistic growth unless the cost will be transferred to consumers

who are supposed to be empowered economically. To maximise profit, cogent

entrepreneurs will invest in destinations (such as Botswana, Angola, Rwanda and

Mauritius) where their original investment and 10% return on capital are owned and

retained.

Mathe (2008:16) further maintain that the above scenario will force business magnates

to move their capital to politically stable countries with judicious policies. Empowerdex

(2005:8) counteract that FDI has improved through BBBEE as evidence by the

increased black middle class, increased economic participation of black people in the

economy, and improved skills development of black people, all by the courtesy of FDIs.

Mathe (2008:16) however refuted this by pointing out that economic growth is at all-time

low and poverty is on the rise. This signifies that the BBBEE policy is certainly either not

working or not being implemented in the approved manner.

The BBBEE can best be described as redistributive policy as its goal is to ensure

redistribution and restitution of the economy to blacks at the expense of whites, hence it

will be worthwhile to expatiate it particularly because of its contentious nature

(Chalekian, 2014:6). This contention stems from the idea that there must be economic

Page 121: A CRITICAL REVIEW OF BROAD BASED BLACK ECONOMIC

102

evenhandedness in the economy. Under this policy category, the proletariats,

bourgeoisie and the haves are obliged under legislation to allocate their wealth,

companies, property and the like to the have-nots (Anderson, 2003:7).

FIGURE 3.1: INVESTING IN A BBBEE POLICY DESTINATION

Source: (le Roux & Nortje 2015:18)

This is enforced in two ways: through coercion and administrative authority from the

government (Chalekian, 2014:6). This type of policy is mostly debated because it is

either ineffective or the rich get richer through the process. For instance, Randall

(1985:68-69) observe that empowerment programmes for farmers in the form of farm

subsidy benefits commercial farms far more than subsistence farmers, thereby waning

the objective of empowering small-scale farmers. Anderson (2003:7) argues that the

Page 122: A CRITICAL REVIEW OF BROAD BASED BLACK ECONOMIC

103

haves devise any means to remain powerful and wealthy regardless of the tactics that

will be invented.

3.9 CONCLUSION

This chapter intended to review the BBBEE policy in conjunction with its forest sector

charter hereby known as FSC. This chapter discussed the reasons for the formation of

the policy which is mainly poverty, unemployment and inequality that remained after

independence. It perhaps uncovered the hard truths about the implementation of the

policy, the challenges and benefits thereof. Summing up, it can be concluded that in as

much as the policy remain in force, its benefits to local communities has been

nonexistent.

Page 123: A CRITICAL REVIEW OF BROAD BASED BLACK ECONOMIC

104

CHAPTER 4: BEST PRACTICES IN THE FOREST SECTOR AND CASE STUDIES

4.1 INTRODUCTION

The preceding chapter reviewed the implementation of BBBEE policy, presented

empirical literature and as well assessed both the negative and positive consequences

of the policies implementation on communities, measured entities and the economy at

large. This chapter which is an extension of the previous chapter intends to analyse

best practices in the management of forests globally with emphasis on Germany and

China. Other sections of this chapter evaluate the contributions of the forest sector in

uplifting disadvantaged communities. It will finally assess the successes of the

Municipality under study during its LED years and the economic empowerment model of

Malaysia

4.2 INTERNATIONAL BEST PRACTICES ON SUSTAINABLE FORESTRY

MANAGEMENT

In modern times, Sustainable Forest Management (SFM) has become a standard for

managing forests due to continuous dwindling of forest resources, the threat of global

warming and their ability to provide raw materials sustainably into the future. This

section reviews social, environmental and economic benefits of sustainable forest

practices while evaluating empowerment practices of forestry companies globally with

emphasis on cases in Germany and China.

Page 124: A CRITICAL REVIEW OF BROAD BASED BLACK ECONOMIC

105

4.2.1 SUSTAINABLE FOREST MANAGEMENT

The term SFM embodies a multitude of concepts involving sustainability and

management making it imprecise to define. In its simplest form, SFM is defined as

managing forest resources sustainably to assure symbiosis between humans and

ecosystems. According to the International Tropical Timber Organisation (ITTO,

2018:1), SFM is “the process of managing permanent forest land to achieve one or

more clearly specified objectives of management with regard to the production of a

continuous flow of desired forest products and services without undue reduction of its

inherent values and future productivity and without undue undesirable effects on the

physical and social environment”. For Price and Isaac (2012:13) SFM “maintains and

enhances the long-term health of forest ecosystems for the benefit of all living things,

while providing ecological, economic, cultural, and social opportunities for present and

future generations.” A further definition is given by Freeman and Allen (2012:2) who

describe

SFM from ecological point is “active forest management that integrates timber

production with intrinsic, environmental, social, cultural, and economic benefits to

ensure that all these values are maintained for current and future generations.” In

embracing the above, it can be understood that conventional definition of SFM is lacking

and organisations define it to suit specific needs; nonetheless, the fundamental

undertone of the concept is that forest management must avert inconsiderate intentions

that threaten biodiversity. The definitions perhaps stress the need for sustained forest

output such that tree planting and tree harvesting should not exceed each other but

leaving lasting legacy on surrounding communities. The Canadian Council of Forest

Page 125: A CRITICAL REVIEW OF BROAD BASED BLACK ECONOMIC

106

Ministers (2006. Cited in Price et al., 2012:13) stipulate the six principles the principles

of SFM in practice comprising: biological diversity; ecosystem condition and

productivity; soil and water; role in global ecological cycles; economic and social

benefits; society‟s responsibility.

With reference to the definition, the Department of the Marine and Natural Resources,

(2001:11) in Ireland identify and classify the environmental, economic and social values

in order to achieve the key components of SFM examples of which are listed in Table 1.

For the purpose of this study, the economic and social values listed by the department

include: unrelenting timber production, broad-based profit making, catchment area

development, provision of relevant social amenities and safety. In Australia however,

Schirmer, Mylek, and Morison, (2013:5) highlight that socio-economic value hovers

around beneficiation within the entire value-chain. The essence of beneficiation is that

local communities must be foremost in “local employment opportunities, advertise

vacancies through local channels and indigenous community networks and purchase

goods and services from local suppliers and employ local service providers” (Freeman

et al., 2015:29).

In fact, previous studies about SFM accentuate rural communities lose farming land as

a result of forestry activities as such should not be neglected in the proceeds accrued

from it (Kearney and O‟Connor 1993:6). Schirmer, (2010:11) conversely disagree with

Kearney and O‟Connor view noting that current literature shows that local communities

are major beneficiaries of forestry firms. Burton, Messier, Adamowicz, and Kuuluvainen,

(2009:238) agrees with Schirmer but criticize the inability of the author to point out the

difficulty facing forestry firms in meeting the requirements of conservation, inter-

Page 126: A CRITICAL REVIEW OF BROAD BASED BLACK ECONOMIC

107

generational equity, efficiency in resource use, and the inclusion of timber and non-

timber values concurrently.

TABLE 4.1: VALUES OF SFM

Environmental values Economic values Social values

Soil

Water quality

Landscape

Ecological and

scientific values

Cultural and

archaeological

values

Biodiversity

Forest protection

and health

Sustained

productivity

Commercial viability

Economic

Empowerment

Beneficiation

Rural development

and farm forestry

Amenity and

recreation

Safety

Other community

values

Source: (Department of the Marine and Natural Resources, 2001:11)

Literature on forestry reveals that forestry as an economic activity is not only timber

supplier but also deliver physical benefits including climate change reduction, soil

protection, habitat for flora and fauna, and safeguarding water quality as well as socio-

economic benefits ranging from job creation, recreation and cultural functions for

communities (Chakravarty, Ghosh, Suresh, Dey, and Shukla, 2012:11). Unsustainable

forest management therefore has the potential to produce distressed mechanisms to

Page 127: A CRITICAL REVIEW OF BROAD BASED BLACK ECONOMIC

108

enhance the prevalence of greenhouse gases, reducing economic viability of rural

communities and extinction of wildlife just to mention a few. Contreras-Hermosilla,

(2001:77) warn against illegal forestry activities that may endanger the conservation of

forests such as improper certifications, over-exploitation and lack of community

beneficiation. In their detailed analysis of biodiversity and threatened species

management framework, Powell and Sedunary, (2013:10-15) stressed the need for

effective implementation of country specific legislative frameworks to ensure

compliance.

4.2.2 SFM IN GERMANY

Germany has been at the forefront of SFM for over centuries when rampant

deforestation and the resultant reduction in forest products. Consequently, a “forest

economic policy” was enacted giving the problem utmost responsiveness (Nieblein,

1985:12). According to Mann, (2012:70) stakeholder participation of SFM in Germany is

non-negotiable process whose sentiments reign supreme just as the legal owners of the

forest. In a broad sense, the interested parties may be categorized in the following

cluster:

The state: policymakers, local bylaw policymakers, local government etc.;

Forest sector owners;

Workers unions;

Civil society groups: Environmental conservation NGO‟s who protect and

preserve implementation of policies (Alemann, 1996).

Page 128: A CRITICAL REVIEW OF BROAD BASED BLACK ECONOMIC

109

Being a member of the United Nations and the European Union, the country develops

its SFM policies in reference to the prescripts of these organisations. In view of that and

considering the need for sustainability, its National Wood Promotion Charter aims to

significantly increase the domestic production of wood, with the sole purpose of

stimulating job creation in remote rural areas where large chunk of forests are located

(BMELV 2004:22). Another policy developed within the regulations of European Union‟s

Strategy on Biodiversity Conservation is the National Biodiversity Strategy (NBS) (BMU.

2007, 17) which aims to clarify SFM processes through amending Federal Forest Act

(FFA) and regeneration of forest resources. In addition, German states enact local

forest laws so as to pursue the aforementioned policies. Dirkson, (2008:4) opine that “all

needs of the private owners are balanced against the general public‟s needs and

decisions are made by authorities in this manner, with the overall function and structure

of the forest in mind.” The state laws may vary in terms of what forest value to achieve

but the minimum objective mutual to all the local laws is the attainment of NBS as well

as the FFA. This micro-forest policy development otherwise known as the bottom-up

approach at the local level plays important role in advancing the plight of local

inhabitants with a view to reaping the triple benefits of environmental, economic and

social values.

4.2.3 SFM IN CHINA

China‟s economy has been flourishing rapidly in the last decade which increases

demand for forest wood to meet the demands for the booming economy. Unlike

Germany however, China‟s forest management is distinctly top-down with state

dominance in forest policy development with robust centrally funded implementation of

Page 129: A CRITICAL REVIEW OF BROAD BASED BLACK ECONOMIC

110

policies. Despite limited citizen participation, the World Bank (2010:4) reports that

China, a country characterized previously by deforestation has been remarkably

efficacious at forest regeneration than many other developing countries. Mann

(2012:79) allude that the country‟s regeneration programmes have matured to the

extent that it presently focuses on forest quality instead of quantity. The backdrop of this

massive improvement in forest management is attributed to the drafting and

implementation of forest sector policies including Natural Forest Protection Program

(NFPP), Conversion of Cropland to Forests Program (CCFP), Key-Shelterbelt

Development Program, Sandification Control Program, Wildlife Conservation and

Nature Reserve Development Program (WCNRDP) and Forest Industrial Base

Development Program (FIBDP) (Xiao, Dai, and Zhang, 2010:6).

It is noteworthy to mention that China‟s state-driven approach to policy development is

steadily being decentralized as a result of pressure from conversation NGO‟s such as

World Wide Fund (WWF) and Greenpeace yet most of the participants focus on nature

preservation with little on emphasis on working condition of forest workers (Yang,

2005:48). A possible reason for participants‟ inability to promote labour unions is partly

due to ineffective democratic institutions in the country. The forgoing discussions reveal

the focus of China‟s assertiveness in achieving SFM but it is mainly narrow-based

because whereas, it is focusing on achieving environmental values it completely

abandons economic and social values. To confirm this, Li and Zhu, (2007:30) recounts

the implementation of the NFPP had inexpressible ramifications on local dwellers

ranging from layoffs, job losses, income losses to labour redundancy.

Page 130: A CRITICAL REVIEW OF BROAD BASED BLACK ECONOMIC

111

Operationally, the implementation of SFM in a top-down approach by China‟s policy

makers records several organizational gaps and shortcomings. Existing literature(Mann,

2012:93: Turnbull, 2007:6-64) on China‟s SFM points out some of the problems

encountered in the extant approach as follows: disputes among stakeholders emanating

from non-equal access to forest resources with its accompanying inadequate benefit

sharing; the state‟s inability to augment financial resources to manage and hire qualified

environmentalists and forest scholars; and lastly transparency by the state is at its

weakest level thus legal frameworks are fraught with.

The above assessments bring to fore are a number of similarities and differences

between Germany‟s and China‟s SFM implementation. Comparably, Both countries

aspire to attain a „safe environment‟ through the preservation of biodiversity, conserve

existing forests, regenerate desolated land and minimize injurious repercussions of

climate change. Another similarity worth noting is the formation of formidable policies to

spearhead the change envisaged with the hope to concretize the environmental values

of SFM.

Conversely, a notable difference between China and Germany is the activeness of

citizen participation. Whereas organized interest groups actively participate in forest

policy processes in Germany, China allows passive citizen participation. In addition,

Germany prides itself with professional forest expertise contrary to China which lacks

capacity.

Page 131: A CRITICAL REVIEW OF BROAD BASED BLACK ECONOMIC

112

4.3 SOUTH AFRICA’S FOREST SECTOR: BASIC FACTS

South Africa is a „forest scarce‟ country which requires strategic and sustainable

management to abate the extinction of forest resources in the country. Out of the nine

provinces in South Africa, five of them can boast of plantation forestry signifying the dry

nature of the country leading to scarcity of forest resources. As a matter of fact, out of

the five provinces, only Natal and Mpumalanga provinces have the biggest chunk of

about 80% (Table 4.2).

TABLE 4.2: FOREST PLANTATION DISTRIBUTION BY PROVINCE

source: (DoL, 2015:15)

In terms of land ownership, the DoL (2015:15) reports that the state owns roughly 30%

(See Table 4.3) of land whereas approximately 70% are privately owned with about

50% owned by large corporations. The 50% owned by large corporations in a private

land makes the implementation of AFSC problematic as it is thought to be extortion of

their property. Nonetheless, privately owned forests are more inclined to comply with

legal statutes to achieve the principles of SFM.

Page 132: A CRITICAL REVIEW OF BROAD BASED BLACK ECONOMIC

113

TABLE 4.3: FOREST PLANTATION OWNERSHIP IN SOUTH AFRICA

Ownership category Employers % area

Large growers-

private land

Sappi, Mondi, Mondi Shanduka,

Hans Merensky, PG Bison, York,

Masonite, Bedrock fibre resources,

Realtile Timrite

48,7

Large growers-

State land

MTO, Siyaqhubeka, Amathole

Forestry Company, Hans Merensky

11,4

SOE Komatiland Forest 10,1

Medium growers 19,2

Small growers

State owned

(municipality

owned)

6,8

Source: (DoL, 2015:15)

4.3.1 SFM IN SOUTH AFRICA

South Africa is a developing country yet it has potent institutions that upholds rule of law

similar to advance countries. Correspondingly, South Africa‟s forestry management is

backed by strong policies and acts to achieve environmental, social and economic

values enumerated in Table 4.1 (page 107). According to Fisher, (2002:2) forest

resources in South Africa are managed on participatory governance approach with the

government gradually withdrawing from ownership in the context of BBBEE. This

Page 133: A CRITICAL REVIEW OF BROAD BASED BLACK ECONOMIC

114

implies that state-owned forestry is leased by means of strategies that seek to spread

forestry enterprise benefits to majority of people particularly in rural areas while

achieving SFM principles. The BBBEE in the forest sector, now known as the Amended

Forest Sector Charter (AFSC) drafted specifically for forestry firms seeks to attain the

said objectives.

The country‟s exuberant forest sector comprises of multi-layered stakeholders such as

the government, statutory bodies, trade unions private sector, individuals and NGO‟s

who are consulted with regard to the drafting, amending and implementation of policies.

Signatories to the current AFSC for instance, are made of key government departments

including: Department of Agriculture, Forestry and Fisheries (DAFF), Department of

Trade and Industry (the dti), Department of Rural Development and Land Reform

(DRDLR), Department of Water Affairs and Sanitation (DWAS), Department of

Environmental Affairs (DEA), Department of Public Enterprises (DPE), Department of

Labour (DoL) and Industrial Development Corporation (IDC) (AFSC, 2017: 137).

Bodies consulted in the private sector include: Forestry South Africa (FSA), South

African Forestry Contractors Association (SAFCA), Paper Manufacturers Association of

South Africa (PAMSA), Sawmilling South Africa (SSA), South African Wood Preservers

Association (SAWPA), and South African Utility Pole Association (SAUPA) (AFSC,

2017: 137).

Labour unions participation is paramount to represent and defend the plight of workers

and advancing their working conditions for collective bargaining. The prominent in the

sector consist of Chemical Energy Paper Printing Wood and Allied Workers Union

Page 134: A CRITICAL REVIEW OF BROAD BASED BLACK ECONOMIC

115

(CEPPWAWU), Congress of South African Trade Unions (COSATU), and Food and

Allied Workers' Union (FAWU) (AFSC, 2017: 138).

Lastly, statutory bodies play central role in harnessing, negotiating, and resolving

conflicts among participants ensuring that partakers do not falter in implementing the

charter. Bodies identified in this category are as follows: Commission on Restitution of

Land Rights (CRLR), Fibre Processing and Manufacturing Sector Education and

Training Authority (FP& MSeta) as well as National Forests Advisory Council (NFAC)

(AFSC, 2017: 137). Participation of actors in South Africa is resemblance between

German forest sectors in terms of democratizing the process. Conversely, a precarious

distinction exists between Chinese and South African forest sector management. The

critical uncertainty in South Africa‟s participatory forest sector is whether the views of all

actors are incorporated in the development of policies or merely symbolic.

4.4 CONTRIBUTION OF FOREST SECTOR IN RURAL COMMUNITIES

The drafting of AFSC of BBBEE Act of 2003 signifies government efforts to transform

the economies of rural areas in an equitable manner and suggests the significance of

forests to the wellbeing of rural areas (Kaimowitz, 2003:45). There is vast wealth of

evidences highlighting the contribution of the forestry sector to the economy of the

country. To begin with, it is imperative to define the scope of forestry with respect to the

AFSC. Section 3 of the AFSC defines forestry activity as large and small scale activities

that concerns with the plantation, growing, transportation, harvesting and processing of

trees. Specifically, this entails sub-sectors such as forest plantations, forestry

Page 135: A CRITICAL REVIEW OF BROAD BASED BLACK ECONOMIC

116

contractors, fibre subsector, sawmills, pole producers, charcoal producers, and state-

owned forestry companies.

Successful implementation of the AFSC reduces abject poverty. Succinctly, Clarke and

Isaacs (2005:8) argue that forestry drastically alleviates poverty in two dimensions:

poverty reduction and poverty prevention (See Table 4.4) where the former “lifts people

out of poverty” and the latter “prevents people from falling deeper into poverty”

TABLE 4.4: SCOPE OF POVERTY ALLEVIATION IN THE FOREST SECTOR

Poverty reduction Poverty prevention

Capital accumulation Safety mechanisms

Wealth generation Welfare function

Economic growth Poverty mitigation strategies

Capital accumulation Reduction of vulnerability

Source: (Clarke and Isaacs 2005:8)

Coad, Campbell, Miles and Humphries, (2008:5) reason that forests provide a

diversified income source for rural dwellers, controls soil erosion and for recreational

purposes yet insist that its rate of improving quality of life is dawdling. Moreover,

although research has illuminated the ability of forests in poverty alleviation, several

other studies proves otherwise. A case study undertaken in Zululand about a decade

ago found that workers were undernourished, dehydrated and mentally and physically

exhausted owing to manual harvesting processes. The bark strippers of woods similarly

lamented the meagerness of salaries that result in perpetual poverty particularly after

Page 136: A CRITICAL REVIEW OF BROAD BASED BLACK ECONOMIC

117

sending some remittances home (Clarke, et al., 2008:23). It is the onus of the AFSC to

address this predicament proves to be mammoth tasks.

The forest sector in South Africa can contribute immensely to the Gross Domestic

Product (GDP) provided that AFSC is sustained. A report recently published by DoL

(2015:12) uncovered that in 2013, forestry contributed nearly 25.5% to the GDP of

agriculture. The report also revealed that forestry contributes about 4,4% to KZN,

approximately 3,7% in Mpumalanga, almost 1% in Eastern cape and Limpopo

provinces. The transformation of the sector under the AFSC has the propensity to

improve the GDP and stimulate local economic development.

Besides, the forest sector is a major of employer of labour force in rural areas hence the

AFSC intends to augment it by preventing exploitation of workers. This can be achieved

by effective monitoring both at the local and national level. DoL, (2015:14), reports that

the major employers in the forestry sector are Komatiland, Sappi and Mondi South

Africa.

TABLE 4.5: MINIMUM WAGE FOR FORESTRY SECTOR FROM 2016 TO 2019

Source: (Labourguide, 2017:1)

Page 137: A CRITICAL REVIEW OF BROAD BASED BLACK ECONOMIC

118

In addition, the salaries of forestry workers have progressively improved (Table 4.5)

since aligning it with that of farm workers in 2013. In their report, DoL (2015:28)

discovered that the minimum wage is progressively closing the economic gap between

the rich and the poor, and between contract and fulltime workers. The implementation of

the minimum wage and the adjustment thereof by forest owners has immensely

improved welfare of workers. Clarke et al. (2004:28) however, posits that such

explanations tend to overlook the fact that large portion of forest workers are on

contract, which provides unstable income as well as pension funds leaving workers

economically weak. This is consistent with findings of Shackleton, (2004:27) who

divulge that medium and small forest owners unable to adhere to the skyrocketing

minimum wage hence exploit contract workers on daily basis. Outrageously,

unemployed rural dwellers troop in to the access these jobs given the severe lack of

jobs in these areas. This discussion brings to fore the importance of verification

agencies to effectively master the art of monitoring the process. According to DWAF

(2005:4-10), the indirect contribution of the forest sector to the rural poor is of two types:

basic needs provision and a safety net in times of adversity.

Basic needs provision: the forest sector operates in remote areas of the province

where road infrastructure is in bad shape all year round. The companies bear the full

burben to construct, upgrade and maintain roads to transport their produce with local

communities having unlimited access to it at no cost to the state or municipality. Except

this, forest sector firms partner with government to provide primary health care and first

aid services to its employees. Above all, some firms provide free housing and transport

to all employees, saving them time, money and helping to sustain family bonds.

Page 138: A CRITICAL REVIEW OF BROAD BASED BLACK ECONOMIC

119

Conversely, Shackleton, (2004:28) describes DWAF‟s findings as overambitious in its

claims because “many forestry subcontractors provide food rations, housing and

transport to employees but with a trade-off of lower cash wages.”

Safety net function: DWAF finds that though not quantifiable, forest sector firms serve

as bedrock for workers in times of unforeseen calamities providing some sort of security

for workers. In other words, the firms assist in school fees, provide scholarship, and

assist in burial and funeral of workers. Clarke et al. (2004:28) disputes this contention

pointing out that some of the safety nets are available to permanent workers but

contract workers who make up the majority of workforce in this sector seldom enjoy

these forms of benefits. Effective implementation of the AFSC can therefore, strengthen

some of the good practices and reduce unethical practices in the sector.

4.5 LOCAL ECONOMIC DEVELOPMENT: A REVIEW AND CASE STUDY OF

AMAHLATHI MUNICIPALITY

This section provides synopsis of the study area specifically outlining the history of the

Stutterheim from its LED years to becoming a capital of Amahlathi. It also highlights its

development feats as well as challenges through this period. Since its inception, The

BBBEE policy has received all the necessary financial support yet its ability to

drastically reduce the triple challenges of poverty, inequality and unemployment

particularly in small towns has been lethargic (Le Roux & Nortje, 2015: 10) hence, a

need to chart or to revisit developmental initiatives such as Local Economic

Development (LED). This section also takes a brief appraisal of LED concept and

Page 139: A CRITICAL REVIEW OF BROAD BASED BLACK ECONOMIC

120

contextually reviews its successes in Amahlathi Municipality so as to understand the

power of local people working in unison to improve lives.

4.5.1 CONSTITUENTS OF LED

LED has gained international currency as a standard developmental strategy hitherto

lacks a generally accepted definition. Largely, LED is about local municipalities, local

investors, foreign investors and not-for profit organisation taking control of development

projects. Zaaijer & Sara (1993: 129) defines LED as “essentially a process which local

governments and/or community based groups manages their existing resources and

enters into partnership arrangements with the private sector, or with each other, to

create new jobs and stimulate economic activity in an economic area”. A further

definition is given by Keal, (2008:15) who describes it as a local policy initiative directed

at attracting new businesses, growth stimulation, and human capital development with

the sole purpose of empowering local communities. Similarly, The World Bank

describes local economic development as: “The purpose of local economic

development (LED) is to build up the economic capacity of a local area to improve its

economic future and the quality of life for all. It is a process by which public, business

and nongovernmental sector partners work collectively to create better conditions for

economic growth and employment generation” (World Bank, 2010, in Baird, 2010:17).

Blakely and Leigh (2010:75) from development indicator point of view concede that

development that mainly focuses on pure growth is insufficient; as a substitute, standard

of living, quality of life, human and physical development must be incorporated in the

development cycle. Although differences of opinion still exist, there appears to be some

agreement in the above definitions that LED denotes promoting innovation, stimulating

Page 140: A CRITICAL REVIEW OF BROAD BASED BLACK ECONOMIC

121

entrepreneurship, and working collectively at the local level. The definitions identify that

self-reliance, job creation, partnerships to make maximum use of available resources to

deliver services to localities.

While LED initiatives are not new phenomenon, its development and implementation

processes differ between developing and developed worlds. According to Parker,

(2004:22) LED in advance countries like the United Kingdom and United States of

America place emphasis on large projects, huge investments and gigantic businesses

spearhead by local industrialists. In contrast, in developing countries the focus is on

“community-based initiatives, utilizing indigenous skills and seeking primarily to ensure

survival, rather than participation in the global economy.” Parker argued that the

approach taken by developing countries emanates from the lack of basic services;

prevalence of natural disasters including drought, floods, veld fires and diseases; and

ineffectiveness of top-down approach to development. While it is factual that inadequate

basic services and natural disasters contribute to this approach, Nel and McQuaid

(2002:9) insist that the basic services inadequacy is the result of decades of

colonialism, apartheid and segregation. In current times however, LED policies are

established in response to external forces and trends including: the emergence of

decentralisation which aims to empower locals while reducing that of the central

government; increasing globalised world forcing economically marginalised locals to find

innovative means of survival and to reinvent themselves to compete in the new world; a

shift away from local industrialisation to local innovation that requires responsively

accessible local leadership; and continuous miscarriage of macro-policies to meet local

goals and aspirations (Isaacs, 2006:11). LED in third world countries therefore focuses

Page 141: A CRITICAL REVIEW OF BROAD BASED BLACK ECONOMIC

122

on drafting micro policies that affect small area for effective monitoring and evaluation of

outcome while assessing impacts of its implementation on local beneficiaries.

Nel et al. (2002:5) mentioned that stakeholders in LED initiatives work in agreement to

produce the required result of developing local municipalities without the need to

segregate citizens based on their colour or race. These actors initiate projects, provide

both the financial and human resources, source funds and unanimously provide the

indispensable leadership to ensure the success of the project. This directly contradicts

the tenets of BBBEE which neglects local communities, fails to specify its stakeholders

and premise from the notion that local communities lack the expertise to manage their

own affairs. In essence, LED encompasses the doctrines of bottom-up processes to

empower, capacitate and enable local communities find sustainable remedies to their

common problems.

Development scholars hold the view that LED does not happen in a vacuum, instead it

relies on a strong link among key agencies, influential people and businesses for

progressive development. In his dissertation on LED, Baird (2010:26) stress that the

views hold by academics contending the parasitic posture of businesses in LED is

uncorroborated; rather businesses are key partners who assume significant

responsibilities for effervescent success. These actors initiate projects, provide both the

financial and human resources, source funds and unanimously provide the

indispensable leadership to ensure the success of the project.

According to Coffey & Polese (1984:1-12), the success behind LED inventiveness are

results of variety of strategies. Firstly, the promotion of self-help initiatives propels a

Page 142: A CRITICAL REVIEW OF BROAD BASED BLACK ECONOMIC

123

form of new confidence for local inhabitants in the form of empowerment. Research

shows that poverty and powerlessness are to some extent correlated. In his review of

literature on power and poverty, De Beer and Swanepoel, (2000:33) reported that

poverty in remote locations is due to lack of united front to lobby for resources, and

insufficient information to access resources resulting in ignorance. Empowering such

locations through democratizing decision making, access to information and removal of

suppressive and oppressive forces within the local communities is of utmost importance

to uplift the impoverished.

Secondly, local control of enterprises enhances self-reliance which enables local

municipalities to exploit underutilized resources to their maximum benefit while

increasing self-competence and self-confidence (Fonchingong, and Fonjong, 2003:199).

Burkey, (1993, cited in Isaacs 2006:30) recounts successful self-reliance depends on

factors ranging from: the feeling that individuals are drivers of development, enabled to

apply their knowledge and access financial resources for development in order to

become independent through cooperation. Burkey‟s contention is extremely useful

because it implies active participation of inhabitants in providing labour, skills, and

managing development projects is self-fulfilling. A serious weakness with this argument,

however, is that it does not provide enough details of how an already poverty-

traumatized community characterized by unskilled labour can contribute meaningfully to

becoming self-reliant.

Another strategy that ensures fruitful LED initiative is active participation of local people.

Fonchingong, et al. (2003:204) emphasize the need for people to participate, clarifying

that “rural poor need to become increasingly aware of the socioeconomic reality around

Page 143: A CRITICAL REVIEW OF BROAD BASED BLACK ECONOMIC

124

them, of the forces that keep them in poverty, and of the possibility of bringing about

change in their conditions through their own collective actions.” This in essence implies

participation is a need that must be incorporated in local development projects with sole

purpose of making individuals aware of their current circumstances and finding clever

means of transforming them. Similarly, De Beer et al. (2000:134) equate participation to

power by observing that the power to influence any process is contingent on the level of

participation. Isaacs (2003:30) is probably the best known critic of De Beer and

Swanepoel‟s observation disputing that participation without empowerment is

meaningless since it leads to disjointed participation.

Thirdly establishment of a vibrant locally controlled economic sector to enhance

sustainability. This brings to light the need for LED to quality growth considerations such

as basic needs provision, environmental protection and inclusive growth (Asemah,

Okpanachi and Edegoh, 2013:48). The authors point out that human right laws should

be upheld, local labour must be employed and the process of development should

reduce their carbon footprint. By doing so, stakeholders driving LED can work towards

building common goals such as school development, eradicating corruption and road

development. This results in unparalleled partnerships and outcomes among

stakeholders in order to build social cohesion while supporting the sustainability of LED

projects.

Lastly, the success of LED initiatives is contingent on human capital investment that

capacitates local people to stimulate the application of indigenous knowledge. Isaacs

(2006:29) contend that knowledge acquisition is vital for local residents to stand on their

own at the completion of projects. To this end, the author identified skill transfer,

Page 144: A CRITICAL REVIEW OF BROAD BASED BLACK ECONOMIC

125

capacity building, training and effective communication through establishing formidable

structures such unions for effective information dissemination as best ingredient for

community-based projects.

Despite the factors underpinning successful implementation of LED enumerated above,

Keal (2008:26) maintains that this development path is not in itself a miracle antidote to

local economic problems of municipalities. Agreeing with Keal, Malefane (2009:166)

identify monitoring and evaluation with its unintended unqualified audits as the major

drawbacks to LED. In the implementation stage, the authors acknowledge factors

inhibiting LED implementation as politicization of its implementation, insufficient analysis

of municipal challenges and improper coordination among stakeholders.

More so, a study conducted by Simon (2005:33) reveals that local municipalities in

South Africa continue to decline economically due to neglect as well as rural-urban

migration which cripples these economies with labour shortage. The study further found

that the community spirit required in LED is nonexistent due to bitter legacies of

apartheid imprinted in the minds former divergent groups. Perhaps, whereas literature

argues economic potentials of LED, Tomlinson (2003:113) disputes that LED is just but

one of development lexicons to further subjugate the poor. Of course, development

pundits will probably disagree with this contention but further research (See Nel and

Binns, 2001:355-370; and Piet 2011:33) affirms that LED stakeholders undermine local

legal laws, exploit labour and more importantly entrench poverty within their environs

thus their assumption of upholding a pro-poor posture is capricious.

Page 145: A CRITICAL REVIEW OF BROAD BASED BLACK ECONOMIC

126

4.5.2 STUTTERHEIM DEVELOPMENT FOUNDATION (SDF)

According to Nel (2001:1003) South Africa experienced a quantum leap in LED

initiatives between 1994-1999 which were mainly based in major cities of Cape Town,

Durban, Pretoria and Durban. The pursuance of LED in these cities marked the starting

point for small towns such as Stutterheim to take heed. Stutterheim, the now capital of

Amahlathi Municipality where the study was undertaken, managed its economic

fortunes during its LED years by creating a united front towards the fight against

poverty, crime and racial tensions. Its success was an embodiment of optimism for local

communities nationwide consequently became a prototypical for other municipalities to

emulate. The LED project evolved in two phases: the inception phase and the

transformation phase (Nel et al, 2002:11)

4.5.3 THE INCEPTION PHASE: 1990-95

This phase of the LED project in Stutterheim commenced in the late 1990 and lasted

until 1995 when the inhabitants (mainly black and white) of the town decided to initiate

their own self-help initiative to better the lot of residents. Prior to this period, Nel et al,

(2002:9) narrated that the town could best be described as a war zone between white

and black communities which was triggered by consumer boycott of white business

instigated by apartheid police brutalities. Consequently, the local economy became

physically and economically dead, poverty and unemployment reached all-time high due

to the umbrage in the town. Miraculously, the two opposing decided to bury the hatchet

to improve the deteriorating economic conditions (Tandy, 1992:11). As part of the

reconciliation, Tandy recounts that White businesses pledged to re-employ dismissed

Page 146: A CRITICAL REVIEW OF BROAD BASED BLACK ECONOMIC

127

workers, and leaders from Black communities (Mlungisi and Kubusi Townships) agreed

to sustain and protect white businesses, providing perpetual respite for both divergent

parties.

FIGURE 4.1: ORGANISATIONAL STRUCTURE OF SDF

Source: (Keal, 2008:93)

This long-lasting reprieve aided members to meet (Stutterheim Forum) on regular basis

to create a sense of trust and discuss matters of capacitating themselves. The success

of Stutterheim Forum resulted in lasting reconciliation and later transforming into fully-

fledged developmental project, called the Stutterheim Development Foundation (SDF)

which aim to „give people (black, white, and coloured) the knowledge, confidence and

ability to improve their well-being and that of their communities by sharing our

Page 147: A CRITICAL REVIEW OF BROAD BASED BLACK ECONOMIC

128

experiences‟ (Nel et al., 2002:10). Following this, a section 21 company consisting of

about nine committees was set up to promote, advise, educate and monitor

implementation of SDF‟s projects (Nussbaum, 1997:20). To date, the formation of SDF

is attributed to the influential skills of local leaders of the town including Chris

Magwangqana, Nico Ferreira, Loel Ferreira, Nosimo Balindlela, Miniyakhe Balindlela,

Hamish Scott and Max July.

4.5.4 TRANSFORMATION PHASE: 1995-1998

The SDF received widespread public legitimacy between 1993 and 1995 which saw

major financial and investment institutions such as Development Bank of Southern

Africa (DBSA) and Independent Development Trust (IDT) getting involved (Nussbaum

1997: 5). Nel et al. (2002:13) partly credited the success of this legitimacy to the

absence of local government and the absence of any political party until mid-1990 local

government elections. This implies that debates were constructively directed at

ameliorating the fortunes of the SDF but not for any populist agenda. It also means the

local government elections also produced two centres for development with the then

councilors arguing that developmental activities should be the sole function of local

government while SDF become a partner. Subsequently, SDF was downgraded, its

activities terminated, its social functions became redundant to carry out LED principles.

Notwithstanding the termination of SDF, the project within this period achieved

numerous feats, popular among them being:

The establishment of Stutterheim Business Advice Center to incubate existing

and potential entrepreneurs within the locality;

Page 148: A CRITICAL REVIEW OF BROAD BASED BLACK ECONOMIC

129

Provision of plots for housing development leading to the training of masons and

creation of direct and indirect jobs for people;

Provision of taps for Stutterheim townships;

Establishment of Day-care centres (Nel et al, 2002:12).

Bond, (1998:160) narrate that the above achievements and others were short-lived due

to takeover of the local municipality which was short of capacity to handle SDF‟s

planned developmental projects. In addition, SDF‟s administrative power was

transferred to local government along with its core businesses reducing its fundamental

mandate to merely a development partner of the local municipality. Accordingly, the

drafting of other empowerment policies by the national government such as BBBEE

sidelined whites, local governments, and suppressed foreign investors in development

projects leading to huge resource constraints. The municipality therefore missed the

opportunity to empower its indigenes through SDF.

Despite the successes of SDF until late 1990, it has equally been vigorously challenged

in recent years by a number of writers (See Bond, 1998 and Rogerson, 1999). The

authors criticize SDF‟s inability to significantly reduce abject poverty among black

people. A possible explanation for this may be the high level of poverty in black

communities prior to SDF implementation; as such it could not make a remarkable

impact on majority of people. Critics also note that small businesses that were set up

through funding from SDF could not pass through the set up stage, not to talk of being

sustainable because recipients of the funds were in haste for returns thus left the

businesses for greener pastures.

Page 149: A CRITICAL REVIEW OF BROAD BASED BLACK ECONOMIC

130

4.6 NEW ECONOMIC POLICY OF MALAYSIA:1971-1990

The economy of Malaysia was characterized by their colonial masters, Britain and

Chinese and Indian immigrants who migrated to Malaysia in search of greener pastures

(Mokhtar, Reen, & Singh, 2013:12). Malaysia‟s political and economic stability attracted

many immigrants to permanently settle there and actively participated in salable

activities at the detriment of indigenes who predominantly engaged in primary economic

activities (mainly production of rubber and tin). Foreigners‟ standard of living improved

as a result of the economic activities while the Malays who lived in the periphery of the

country wallow in abject poverty (Abhayaratne, 2002:3). For instance, in 970, the

household income disparity among Malays, Indians and Chinese was wide ranging from

RM276, RM 478, to RM 632(Whah & Guan, 2015:8). The economic and wealth

inequality resulted in ethnic tensions which burst into racial riot with hundreds of people

losing their lives (Singh, 2001:43).

The development and implementation of the NEP became unavoidable considering the

racial tensions that erupted in mid-1969. Other views were that the incipient of the policy

can be credited with the Malay bourgeoisie who pressed for state participation in the

economy to iron out the economic gap between majority indigenous Malays

(Bumiputheras who consisted of about 58% of the total population), and other foreigners

(24% Indians, 7% Chinese and 11% other immigrants) (Whah et al., 2015:8). The 20

year policy plan was enacted to redistribute the country‟s wealth and ultimately reduce

poverty through the improvement of public facilities and creation of employment

opportunities (Mokhtar et. al., 2013:13); and to restructure the societal imbalances in

Page 150: A CRITICAL REVIEW OF BROAD BASED BLACK ECONOMIC

131

order to subdue the notion that one race is superior to the other economically (Case,

1995: 95).

The Malaysian government took the bull by the horn and mapped out the direction that

will achieve the set objectives by taking active role in the allocation of resources to the

previously disadvantaged (The Bumiputheras otherwise known as “sons of the soil”)

(Mandla, 2006:13). The two decades-long plan had in it five-year plans to ensure that

the economy with the society is fully reorganized to the benefit of all. Rebuilding and

reuniting the community was the starting point so the NEP‟s core belief was the idea of

nationalism where no one feels rejected and dejected from the economy that comprised

of 2.4% Malays (Happer, 1999: 368). More clearly, NEP‟s basic philosophy categorically

states that “National unity is unattainable without greater equity and balance among

Malaysia‟s social and ethnic groups in their participation in the development of the

country and in the sharing of the benefits from modernization and economic growth.

National unity cannot be fostered if vast sections of the population remain poor. National

unity cannot be fostered if sufficient productive employment opportunities are not

created for the expanding labour force” (Faaland, Parkinson & Saniman, 1990:14).

The nationalism component of the policy resulted in three outcomes: national unity

which motivated all and sundry to support the policy; an integrated nation with a

common purpose which was to empower the disempowered; and it renewed

government‟s commitment to play its intermediary role in the economy (World Bank,

2004:4).

Page 151: A CRITICAL REVIEW OF BROAD BASED BLACK ECONOMIC

132

4.6.1 STRATEGIES IMPLEMENTED TO REDUCE POVERTY

The NEP was effective in reducing poverty in its entirety and restoring the dignity of all

Malays. Under the poverty reduction component of the policy, public policy aimed at

reducing the prevalence of poverty within the time frame and eradicate it ultimately to

the barest minimum among ethnic groups, rural and urban inhabitants relatively

(Mandla 2006:16). The World Bank (2004:8-21) documents eight strategies

implemented by the Malaysia government to reduce poverty some of which are

discussed below:

Agreed on measurements and concepts: The first step undertook by the

government was to clarify the definition of poverty and how it will be measured.

To limit the scope of the policy, the government upon consulting with experts

defined three concepts: „absolute poverty, absolute hardcore poverty and relative

poverty‟. „Absolute poverty‟ was defined in terms of a situation where households

are unable to afford their basic needs such as food, healthcare, education,

housing, energy, and others. After defining the concept, a poverty line was then

fashioned out using Poverty Line Income (PLI) and Consumer Price Index (CPI).

The PLI is measured using the cost of basic needs, was sporadically revised to

reflect the current price and different PLI‟s were used for different counties due to

differences in average cost of living. „Relative poverty‟ was also conceptualized

as the disparity in income between Malaysian populace.

Diversification of the economy: the government assisted rural folks to

revolutionize the traditional methods of farming to increase output. To achieve

this, those without land and house were provided with land with a well-furnished

Page 152: A CRITICAL REVIEW OF BROAD BASED BLACK ECONOMIC

133

single unit house. Workers in rubber and oil palm plantations were made to own

shares in the plantations. Agro-industries were also established to process the

produce from agriculture. The industrial strategy employed by Malaysia was

prototypes of Singapore, Japan and Korea so it was easy to identify mistakes in

the implementation process (Khoo, 1995: 119). Market centres were created to

enable farmers sell their produce. The government trained and provided them

with equipment to store their products to avoid perishes (Gomez & Jomo, 1997:

27).

The miserable rural poor were targeted: the most wretched rural poor in society

were identified and assisted with extra opportunities to succeed. For instance,

the Bumiputera populace was provided with interest-free loans which were to be

paid back in installments that were spread to over sixty months. The opportunity

offered by the government made them active in the economy. The quality of life

of hardcore rural poor were improved through the provision of toilets, tap water,

mosques, tarred roads, good drainage, and recreational facilities. The

government focused on establishing industries in the village which added value

to the raw materials (Tan 1982:325).

Private sector and not-for-profit organisation involvement: The private sector can

be touted as the agent of development for successful NEP. In addition to the

private sector, NGO‟s played a pivotal role in eliminating extreme poverty in rural

Malaysia through the provision of loans, employment, training and development.

Prominent among the NGO‟s was Amanah Ikhtiar Malaysia (AIM) which was

Page 153: A CRITICAL REVIEW OF BROAD BASED BLACK ECONOMIC

134

known countrywide to provide credit facilities to the poor at no interest or

collateral security (Lim 1985: 50).

The NEP achieved the fastest growth in the history of the country particularly in the area

of poverty reduction. The period witnessed 6.7% economic growth annually to mark the

starting point for the society to be restructured to ensure economic independence

(Abhayaratne, 2002:14). The table 2.12 below presents the targets and achievements of

the NEP with regard to poverty reduction which many pundits attributed to economic

growth as well as increased production (Gomez et al., 1997: 27). Poverty reduction

however did not reduce inequality because as stated earlier, the government‟s

emphasis was on relative and relative poverty (Mandla, 2006:18).

TABLE 4.6: TARGETS AND ACHIEVEMENTS OF NEP 1970-1990 (IN

PERCENTAGE)

1970 Target 1990 Achieved 1990

Peninsula Malaysia 49.3 16.7 15.0

Rural 58.7 23.0 19.3

Urban 21.3 9.1 7.3

Bumipetera 65.0 20.8

Chinese 26.0 5.7

Indians 39.0 8.0

Others 44.8 18.0

Source: Mandla, 2006:18

Page 154: A CRITICAL REVIEW OF BROAD BASED BLACK ECONOMIC

135

4.6.2 STRATEGIES TO ACHIEVE A WELL-STRUCTURED SOCIETY

To consolidate the gains under poverty reduction objective, the policy pressed on to

maintain equity, equality and fairness in the ownership of economic and natural

resources. In this regard, the NEP used public corporations and enterprises to nurture

entrepreneurs and train upcoming managers and business executives (Toh 1982:132-

143); and preferential procurement legislations including the „Industrial Coordination Act

1975 (ICA) and the contentious Petroleum Development Act 1974 (PDA)‟ were

implemented to restructure the society (Chan & Horii 1986:25).

4.6.3 RESTRUCTURING ACCESS TO EDUCATION

The restructuring was nonetheless not smooth because the indigenous Malays had little

or no education compared to their Chinese and Indians. Those few educated ones were

redundant because it did not fall within the skill-needs of the growing economy. The

government therefore admonished Malays to enroll in school in order to make the

restructuring achievable (Mandla, 2006:19). Lee (1999:87) summarized the purpose of

education in the policy as “an instrument for promoting and strengthening national

integration by inculcating a common and shared destiny among the different ethnic

groups, removing racial prejudices and encouraging cultural tolerance, and establishing

the use of a common national language. Thus as an agent of social equality, education

is to promote social consciousness and social justice by providing equal educational

opportunities”. Access to education was accelerated through the expansion of

infrastructure. For instance, the Science University of Malaysia, and the University of

Page 155: A CRITICAL REVIEW OF BROAD BASED BLACK ECONOMIC

136

Agriculture and Technology as well as technical colleges such as Majlis Amanah Rakyat

(MARA) were established (Hirschman, 1979: 77).

Access to education was besides made possible through the provision of loans,

subsidies, quotas, scholarships and bursaries. To ensure that no citizen was left out, in

a bid to making Malay the national language and to equip them with the requisite skills

necessary to attain the objective of preferential employment, the language of instruction

was Malay language (Pong, 1995: 43). The NEP yielded results as enrollment in

education among the Bumiputeras increased at a faster rate as shown in Table 4.7.

It can be observed from the table that the enrolment for 1980 and 1985 increased from

74% to 80% for certificate level, 96% to 98% for diploma level and the enrolment for all

levels increased from 78% to 79% which can be attributable to the expansion of

educational infrastructure.

TABLE 4.7: PERCENTAGE OF BUMIPUTERA EDUCATIONAL ENROLMENT

BETWEEN 1980 AND 1985

Level of education 1980 1985

Certificate 74% 80%

Diploma 96% 98%

Degree 67% 67%

All levels 78% 79%

Source: (Mandla, 2006:23)

Page 156: A CRITICAL REVIEW OF BROAD BASED BLACK ECONOMIC

137

4.6.4 RESTRUCTURING THROUGH EMPLOYMENT OF BUMIPUTERAS

Malaysia aimed to streamline employment to raise the living standard of the poor in their

attempt to restructure society. This was done by ensuring that all job openings in

manufacturing and service industries were equally distributed based on the ethnic

composition of the country but not for only Indians and Chinese (Abhayaratne, 2002:9).

Economic growth in all sectors particularly in the secondary and tertiary sectors was

bolstered with the intention that rapid expansion in the economy would translate into job

opportunities. Another step taken to influence jobs for the economically deprived was

through the nationalization of the banking, plantation and mining sectors of the economy

(Lim 1985: 37). Similar to other objectives, the NEP succeeded in correcting the job-

related disparities inherited by the colonial past. A study conducted by Saravanamuttu,

(2001:103) indicated that about 64.3% of Bumiputeras could be found in the

professional and the technical sector of the economy, about 72.3% were in education,

training and nursing and approximately 36.1% were in managerial positions illustrated in

Table 4.8. Mandla (2006:27) contend that a major holdup to the successful

implementation of this objective particularly the inability to make managerial positions

representative enough was due to the lack of skilled labour among the Bumiputeras.

Page 157: A CRITICAL REVIEW OF BROAD BASED BLACK ECONOMIC

138

TABLE 4.8: EMPLOYMENT OF BUMIPUTERAS IN VARIOUS

PROFESSIONS IN 1995

Bumiputeras Chinese Indians Others

Professional and technical 64.3% 26.2% 7.3% 2.2%

Teachers and nurses 72.3% 20.5% 6.6% 1.6%

Managerial 36.1% 54.7% 5.1% 4.1%

Clerical 57.2% 34.4% 7.7% 0.7%

Sales 36.2% 51.9% 6.5% 5.4%

Service 58.2% 22.8% 8.7% 10.3%

Agriculture 63.1% 12.9% 7.5% 16.5%

Production 44.8% 35% 10.3% 9.9%

Source: Saravanamuttu, (2001: 103)

4.6.5 REORGANIZATION OF SOCIETY THROUGH SHARE OWNERSHIP

Another impressive strategy adopted by the government to streamline the society

towards economic equality was expediting actions to transfer corporate ownership to

indigenes. The policy accelerated this through setting a target ratio of 30:40:30 implying

30% of shares should be distributed to Malays, 40% to Chinese and 30% to foreigners

by 1990 (Mandla, 2006:28). The remarkable part of this target was that it should be

achieved without reducing income of existing shareholders; hence the NEP took

austerity measures to grow the economy rapidly to allow Malays access to shares

(Searl, 1999:67). Bumiputera Commercial and Industrial Community (BCIC) were then

established under which many Bumiputeras emerged as entrepreneurs and

Page 158: A CRITICAL REVIEW OF BROAD BASED BLACK ECONOMIC

139

shareholders. Industrialization and privatization became the cornerstone of the NEP

which led to the purchase of foreign companies and the establishment of small

companies for the continued sustenance of BCIC (Abhayaratne, 2002:9).

Abdullah (1997:11) concur that Bumiputera entrepreneurs who were considered central

to poverty reduction strategy provided the impetus for the realization of a national

development towards identifying all race with economic success. Mandla (2006:28)

added that the Malaysian government led by the then Prime Minister Mahathir

Mohammad established two policies under the NEP to ensure the restructuring of equity

ownership: the Industrial Coordination Act (ICA) of 1975 and the Permodalan Nasionale

Berhad (PNB) (National Equity Corporation).

The ICA was enacted in 1975 to advance the interest of Bumepiteras in the

manufacturing sector by ensuring that all manufacturers excluding those employing not

more than 25 staff must acquire a license. The Act which was a replica of countries

such as Japan, and Korea started by recording the number of indigenous Malaysians

who already engage in manufacturing and were assisted with regard to skills

development, technological assistance (Khoo 1995:119).

Companies which wanted to remain in business must transfer 30% ownership to Malays

or risk losing their license (Searle, 1999: 43). As stipulated in the ICA, companies which

did not conform to transferring ownership must have their license revoked. The ICA

brought much uncertainty to the manufacturing sector especially foreign investors

(Gomez et al., 1999: 246) but led to the establishment of the Heavy Industries

Page 159: A CRITICAL REVIEW OF BROAD BASED BLACK ECONOMIC

140

Corporation of Malaysia (HICOM) which focused on manufacturing of steel, vehicles,

cement and other bulk products (Whah et al., 2015:14).

4.6.6 SUCCESSES OF THE NEP

The successes of the NEP from its inception till date cannot be overemphasized as it

brought real economic fortunes to the target group without neglecting the periphery. The

era of the NEP recorded on average 8.3 percent growth compared with 5.1% growth

rate before the 70‟s (Abhayaratne, 2002:14). The only period of slow growth and

recession was during the financial crisis of 1997 which led to negative growth but the

economy was resuscitated again after the crises to record an average growth of 4.5% in

1999 (Khan, 2002:36)

Another feat recorded the NEP was it ability to reduce poverty to the barest minimum. In

fact poverty was more than halved between 1970 (49.4%) and 1990 (15.0%) and the

difference in poverty between rural and urban dwellers was just around 12% (Malaysia,

1991:151; 1996:204). The standard of living of Malays improved socially basic services

including tap water and electricity was accessible to about 97% of the population by the

year 2000. In the same year access to primary education stood at 96.8% while life

expectancy rate for males and females stood at 70.2 years and 75 years respectively

(Abhayaratne, 2002:16).

The implementation of the NEP offered the Malays a rare opportunity to collaborate with

Chinese and Indian business industrialists to acquire business skills (Emsley,

1996:233). The collaboration ensured efficiency in service delivery, united divergent

groups and reduced ethnic tensions could be triggered by the policy. The unity did not

Page 160: A CRITICAL REVIEW OF BROAD BASED BLACK ECONOMIC

141

only end at business level but also political level, leading to the preservation of lasting

peace and reconciliation (Mokhtar et al, 2013:14).

4.6.7 FAILURES OF THE NEP

The above successes of the NEP were without implementation bottlenecks. These

bottlenecks ranged from ineffective monitoring and evaluation to socio-political

difficulties which were impossible to identify in order find lasting solutions to them. In a

nutshell, the causes of the failures were threefold: politicization, monetization and

accountability.

Politicization of the Implementation Process: One major downside of the NEP was

the inability of the government to effectively manage the resources forcibly taken from

the private sector. After taking control of the resources which were meant for

development, politicians rather used it to win more votes in their constituencies (Ralph,

2005:43). Awarding of contracts and other developmental projects only went to

politicians‟ cronies rather than contractors with requisite skills to deliver. Further, some

politicians practically engaged in business causing conflict of interest because inflated

projects could not be identified and brought down. The policy whose sole purpose was

to take the poor from the shackles of poverty became a cash cow for politicians to milk

the state (Lee, 2004:73). Gomez (1996:145) could not have detailed it well when he

bemoaned that “the current form of wealth distribution appears to indicate that there has

been extensive concentration of ownerships in the hands of an elite minority, not solely

Bumiputras, particularly those with strong political ties.”

Page 161: A CRITICAL REVIEW OF BROAD BASED BLACK ECONOMIC

142

Monetization of the Implementation Process: The implementation cycle was perhaps

characterized by issues of monetization which rather broadened the inequality gap.

Mokhtar et al, (2013:14) defined monetization politics as “getting illegal campaign funds

from the businessmen and rich individuals who in turn desire to benefit from the ruling

party.” In other words, business tycoons provide financial the muscle to sponsor the

political ambitions of some individuals to pave the way for such business moguls to

influence the decision of the politicians (Teh, 2002:339). This process is primarily not

different from state capture since policy makers are denied the free will to fairly decide

on whom to benefit from the state. The major beneficiaries of this process are the

politically connected rich instead of the poor. The repercussion is that people were

appointed in jobs not based on qualification, admission to scarce skills qualification, and

provision of basic services were based on political connection which as a consequence,

benefitted the political privileged (Emsley, 1996:342). For instance, quotas, licenses as

well as subsidies and contracts only went to politicians‟ allies and if they could not

deliver, sell them back to Chinese and Indians. This practice brought untold hardship,

disproportionate inequality and innumerable dissatisfaction among poor (Mandla,

2006:33).

Lack of Accountability: Due diligence in awarding of contracts was never considered

because most contractors were mostly cronies of policy implementers. The state

meddling in the implementation without an independent institution to handle it presented

a major setback which made it impossible for transparency to take center-stage (Lee,

2004:67). Corruption which was not considered felony became rife as policy-makers

were not capacitated to check the veracity of costs associated with contracts even if

Page 162: A CRITICAL REVIEW OF BROAD BASED BLACK ECONOMIC

143

there was glaring evidence of inflated price. This enabled their enterprises to do well in

areas of business. Tipton (1998: 320) stressed that “trust agencies, which were

intended both to provide capital for Malay enterprises and broaden ownership of assets

in the Malay community, were in fact largely unaccountable to their shareholders rather;

they provided a conduit for the distribution of patronage and a source of funds for those

in control.”

4.7 CONCLUSION

This chapter elucidated the concept of LED and how it was implemented in Stutterheim

through SDF. Although its implementation was short-term, it made progressive impact

on the people of the municipality such as provision of basic services and changing the

mindset of opposing violent group into a community-based group, and instilled

confidence within the period of its existence. The findings from this case study suggest

that local communities can develop at faster rate if there is moderation in politics, if it

takes everyone on board and involve local businesses in decision making.

The study analysed cases of Germany and China to assess how each country manages

its forest resources as well as forestry management in South Africa. Lastly, since the

topical problem is about economic empowerment, a case study of Malaysia‟s National

Economic Policy was reviewed to ascertain what led to its successes and what

triggered its downsides. The next chapter presents the research methodology.

Page 163: A CRITICAL REVIEW OF BROAD BASED BLACK ECONOMIC

144

CHAPTER FIVE: RESEARCH METHODOLOGY AND DESIGN

5.1 INTRODUCTION

The preceding section focused on the theoretical and conceptual framework

underpinning this study by reviewing the understandings of authors and academic

authorities in the field of policy implementation to buttress and consolidate the research

project. The outcome of any research is reliant on not only the skills of the researcher

but importantly on the veracious methodology to obtain relevant data that is in

consonance with the research objectives. Research design and methodology is the

cornerstone of the research which forms the basis for a valid, usable and reliable

research result. Put differently, the research methodology is the forerunner of the entire

investigative analysis hence; any discrepancy in choosing the right method may lead to

anomalies and inconsistencies that may bring farfetched outcomes. From the foregoing

deliberations, this chapter will cautiously demarcate the method of the study, the

motives behind choosing them, philosophical foundations, ethical considerations, and

data collection techniques.

5.2 THE PHILOSOPHICAL FOUNDATIONS

Research philosophy is a concept concerning how knowledge is developed and how the

knowledge acquired relates to the study under investigation (Saunders et al., 2009:600).

It should be emphasised that research philosophy plays vital role in shaping the quality

of output both in natural and social sciences because it is the basis to understand how

people view their physical and social world (Bahari, 2010:18). Easterby-Smith, Thorpe,

and Lowe, (2002:27) identify three reasons why research philosophy should be

Page 164: A CRITICAL REVIEW OF BROAD BASED BLACK ECONOMIC

145

incorporated in management sciences: it serves as the foundation for selecting research

design, it clarifies the choice of research strategy and lays down the extent to which the

research result must be used and generalised. The philosophical stance of this research

included epistemology, ontology and axiology which will be elaborated further in the

following sections.

5.2.1 ONTOLOGICAL ASSUMPTIONS

Ontology is the ability to understand reality and how to comprehend the real world.

Crotty (2003:10) defined it as “the study of being”. It is also understood as “what kind of

world we are investigating, with the nature of existence, with the structure of reality as

such” (Guba et al., 1989:83). It also „relates to the nature of reality, that is, what things,

if any, have existence or whether reality is “the product of one‟s mind”‟ (Burrell &

Morgan 1979: 1). Ontological assumptions begin with a question of whether there exist

some issues in the world that must be known and continue to enquire about the true

state of realism (Ahmed, 2008:2). Hay (2002:61), contextualised ontology socio-

politically by asking whether there is any challenge in our social and administrative

world that we might be interested in knowing more about. Snape et al., (2003:14)

profiles ontological postures in two broad terms: objectivism and subjectivism.

5.2.1.1 OBJECTIVISM

It is the view that all social units are real as in natural sciences (Saunders et al.,

2009:110). For instance, poverty, unemployment, inequality are social entities that exist

in reality and affect social actors. It also postulates that social realities have same

meanings external to human minds and interpretation (Hamati-Ataya, 2014:4).

Page 165: A CRITICAL REVIEW OF BROAD BASED BLACK ECONOMIC

146

Knowledge acquisition under this ontological assumption should therefore be

quantitative since social reality is predictable and objective.

5.2.1.2 SUBJECTIVISM

Subjectivism which is mostly associated with qualitative research is a philosophy that

individuals attach different meanings to social phenomena (Remenyi et al., 1998:35). It

is the belief that most, if not all, social actors perceive and therefore create reality based

on their cultural, religious, environmental and social background (Bahari, 2010:23). The

notion here implies that knowledge is based on experience of the individual as opposed

to other views which believe that it is independent of the individual. Reality is therefore a

state of the mind which Morgan and Smircich (1980:492) describe as a „projection of

human imagination.‟ Ontologically, constructivism, a belief that social construction is not

objective but borne out of one‟s personal perspectives which may lead to „multiple

realities‟(Guba & Lincoln, 1989:173, 1994:107) is an extension of subjectivism

(Dieronitou, 2014:6).

5.2.2 EPISTEMOLOGICAL ASSUMPTIONS

Epistemology can be understood as “how we know and the relationship between the

knower and known” (Crotty, 2003:3). It entails how to know and learn about the real

social world and the foundation of the knowledge acquired (Ritchie, Lewis, Nicholls, &

Ormston, 2013:6). Put differently, the experience of one‟s world is the key determinant

of their understanding and interpretation of existing knowledge around them (Weber,

2004: vi). Marsh & Furlong (2002:18-9) concur that “Ones epistemological position

reflects the view of what we can know about the world and how we can know it.” In

Page 166: A CRITICAL REVIEW OF BROAD BASED BLACK ECONOMIC

147

social sciences and management research, issues of epistemology hovers around two

key debates.

The first part of epistemology elaborates the issue about social and natural „truth‟ in a

real world (Maxwell, 2011:9). Unlike the natural sciences which gauge truth as a link

between a theory and autonomous realism, in the social world, truth is tested in a

process of consensus among researchers which is otherwise known as „coherence

theory of truth‟. Differently put, research evidence is considered consistent and true if

different researchers can corroborate the outcome through rationally independent

process. Another premise is that the evidence produced is true report if the

recommendation provided yields the anticipated outcome (Snape et al., 2003:14).

The second assumption about epistemology particularises the researcher versus

researched relationship. The supposition is that people‟s preconceived ideas are

idiosyncratic; contrary to the natural science where a phenomenon is free from

researcher‟s bias thus impartiality is guaranteed. Research in social world is affected by

the research participant being observed and the convenient interaction between the

participant and the researcher. In some cases, research results are „value mediated‟

negotiated or manipulated to meet either the researcher‟s or the participant‟s needs. In

this instance, researchers adhered to 'empathic neutrality' a situation which proposes

that transparency should be the trademark of all research (Snape et al., 2003:14). The

key epistemological standpoints in research are positivism, realism and interpretivism.

Page 167: A CRITICAL REVIEW OF BROAD BASED BLACK ECONOMIC

148

5.2.2.1 POSITIVISM

Positivism is generally used in natural sciences involves working with social realism

where the world is viewed as unpretentious entity and unaltered by the researcher.

Positivism produces law-like results which uses existing theory in a top-down approach

to develop hypothesis. The hypothesis developed undergoes testing and confirmation in

order to be either accepted, refuted or rejected (Remenyi, Williams, Money, & Swartz,

1998:32).

5.2.2.2 REALISM

Realism can be thought of as people‟s beliefs, comprehension and views of the world

differs from what actually exist. More clearly, realism hold that a distinction can be made

as to how people conceive, and perceive the world and reality (Ritchie et al., 2013:4).

Similar to realism is materialism except that materialism is based on the principle that

reality is obtained from material structures such as physical phenomena and economic

structures. It also holds the view that values, dogmas, and creeds do not shape but only

material structures shape the physical world (Hughes & Sharrock, 1997:156).

5.2.2.3 INTERPRETIVISM

It is an epistemological stance that rejects positivism and realism as a viewpoint thus

believes that reality is based on individual understandings (Moriarty, 2011:6).

Interpretivism originates from two scholarly backgrounds which are phenomenology and

symbolic interactionism. Phenomenology is how humans interpret the world around

them while symbolic interactionism views human interpretations as a continuous

process due to continuous interaction with other humans that may result in modification

Page 168: A CRITICAL REVIEW OF BROAD BASED BLACK ECONOMIC

149

of the initial interpretation (Saunders et al., 2009:117). Hussey et al. (1997:54) identified

four characteristics of phenomenology which suited well with this study:

It produces qualitative data which is the research approach of this study;

Data collected is idiosyncratic and information-packed as a result of the

involvement of the researcher in the phenomenon;

The location of such study is typically uncontaminated, unpolluted and unalloyed

to give unadulterated data.

The empirical nature of data collection results in high level of validity.

The emphasis is to contextually comprehend the view, feelings as well as the means of

verbal and non-verbal communication of „social actors‟ (Hatch & Cunliffe, 2006:124).

Lincoln and Guba (2000:168) labelled this position as "relativist" and/or

"transactional/subjectivist", a doctrine that truth, values and verity is not absolute but

only exist in the context of one‟s cultural, historical and societal background.

5.2.3 PHILOSOPHY ADOPTED IN THIS STUDY

The ontological standpoint of this study was subjectivism because humans have

personal ways of attributing meanings to social phenomenon. The research used

interviews method to collect data which revealed diverse responses to the research

topic. Using this method revealed participants‟ personal opinions, feelings, emotions

and sentiments about the social world hence the use of ontological subjectivism.

The epistemological assumption of this study was thus interpretivism because the

research was constructed around social context. Participants‟ responses from the

interviews might have different interpretation and subjective retorts. These variations in

Page 169: A CRITICAL REVIEW OF BROAD BASED BLACK ECONOMIC

150

response and analysis hinged well with interpretivism. The epistemological stance of the

study was interpretivism a viewpoint which believes that reality is based on individual

understandings (Moriarty, 2011:6). The two forms of interpretivism: phenomenology and

symbolic interactionism were employed. While the former is how humans interpret the

world around them, the latter views human interpretations as a continuous process due

to continuous interaction with other humans that may result in modification of the initial

interpretation (Saunders et al., 2009:117). This form of enquiry was chosen because it

afforded the study the opportunity to comprehend phenomenon and perceptions of

respondents. More importantly, (Creswell (2012: 78) argues that it requires small group

of at least 3 to a maximum of 15 individuals to conduct this type of study.

5.3 THE RESEARCH DESIGN

A research design is a plan that paves the way for answering the research problem. It is

a logical plan, which may be construed as the blue print, specifies guidelines,

instructions and procedures to address the identified research problems (Mouton

1996:108). Webb & Auriacombe (2006:589) define a research design as “consisting of

a plan, a roadmap, that allows the researcher to test the validity of his/her hypothesis or

answers his/her research questions, taking into account the factors that he/she believes

might affect the relationship between the dependent and independent variables.” Yin

(2011:75) added that research design can be categorised into logical and logistic

phases. The logical phase of the research design is expanded as involving linking the

research questions with research problems, connecting how data will be collated with

how it will be analysed which strengthens the accuracy of the research outcome. The

Page 170: A CRITICAL REVIEW OF BROAD BASED BLACK ECONOMIC

151

logistical phase entails organising, scheduling, coordinating and allocating resources to

manage the research from start to end.

This project begun with a clear research problem which was aligned with the research

questions. Collection of data (selection of respondents) was solely based on the

questions the research sought to answer. It therefore targeted industries currently

implementing the Forest Sector Charter of the BBBEE by approaching specific

industries engaging in forestry and wood processing. BBBEE verification agencies were

identified and formed integral part of the research project. Lastly, the municipality in

which the abovementioned respondents are located was also approached to get a

sense of their role in the implementation process.

5.4 THE RESEARCH METHODOLOGY

How research is conducted, together with the conjectural and logical expectations upon

which the research is grounded and the repercussions of these, for the approaches

accepted is termed research methodology (Saunders, Lewis & Thornhill, 2009:595). “It

is a philosophy of the research process, which includes assumptions, and values that

serve as bases of research and standards that the researcher uses in interpreting data

and reaching conclusion” (Welman, Kruger & Mitchel, 2005: 64). It is noteworthy to

mention that this research is to seek what is happening, to query and interrogate the

implementation of the BBBEE policy. In Public Administration, three methods of

research are recognised to achieve this: quantitative, qualitative and mixed methods.

The appropriate method to achieve the purpose of this research was qualitative

(research that is nonnumeric) (Saunders et al., 2009:480).

Page 171: A CRITICAL REVIEW OF BROAD BASED BLACK ECONOMIC

152

5.4.1 QUALITATIVE METHOD

Qualitative research is based on words, non-standardised, and analysed through the

use of concepts (Dey, 1993:28). Agreeing with Healey & Rawlinson (1994:123-145), this

research is qualified, describable and unpredictable; hence no predetermined answers

can be provided for the questions. Using qualitative method to explore the research

generated reliable outcome with conviction, valid and binding results that can be applied

in comparable settings and situations. Creswell (2007:37) distinctively describes

qualitative research as “a type of educational research in which the researcher relies on

the view of participants, asks broad, general questions, collects data consisting largely

of words (or texts) from participants, describes and analyzes these words for themes,

and conducts the inquiry in a subjective, biased manner.” Qualitative research is the

most versatile and diverse approach and exist in numerous areas of studies from

anthropology through linguistics to social sciences including public administration

discipline (Moriarty, 2011:2). The following characteristics are the primary attributes of

qualitative research:

It aims to provide exhaustive understanding of social realm through thoroughly

interpreting circumstances both social and material, by giving meaning to human

practises, perceptions and antiquities;

It uses small but salient samples purposively selected to comprehend social

reality;

Data is collated through the active participation of the researcher and the

respondents. This interaction allows the exploration of other issues beyond the

scope of the research which can then provide vivid understanding;

Page 172: A CRITICAL REVIEW OF BROAD BASED BLACK ECONOMIC

153

Since the researcher is actively partaking in collecting data, data is usually

detailed, in depth and all-encompassing;

Its analysis comprises classification, categorisation, association, explanations,

and typologies;

The research outcome focuses on interpreting the results in relation to the social

world to be used for the benefit of people (Snape and Spencer 2003:5).

The above attributes implies that the consent of the respondent is vital to ensure that

they willingly participate in the research project. This project used qualitative research

due to the above characteristics and perhaps because; it studies social life in a manner

that avoids static standings; the research strategy is natural but not experimental in that

its flexibleness allows the researcher to link the process to a real-world setting; it

responds to and considers the social context of participants with the researcher playing

contributory role; and it permits the use of observation, interviews as well as primary

and secondary data sources (Snape et al., 2003:5). Using qualitative research implied

that this study espoused the constituents of knowledge, the methods to acquire it

ethically, and identification of ways to reach the research objectives without

compromising on the participant‟s information, and stance (Mouton, 1996:35). The

ensuing sections elaborates on epistemology, ontology and axiology which are the

bedrock of any sound research philosophy and justify how any of them related to this

study.

5.4.2 THE RESEARCH APPROACH- INDUCTIVE RESEARCH

In general, research approaches fall into two: deduction and induction both of which

have to do with how knowledge is assimilated best (Snape et al., 2003:14). Knowledge

Page 173: A CRITICAL REVIEW OF BROAD BASED BLACK ECONOMIC

154

acquired through inductive logic is considered “bottom up” through observation of

patterns of phenomenon in the real world over time and through which a theory or law is

developed (Ritchie et al., 2013:7). Proponents of deductive logic on the other hand hold

that knowledge is assimilated through proposing theories and hypothesis to test

observations hence it is „top down‟ (Blaikie, 2007:87). Simply put, both processes use

evidence except that induction uses evidence to make conclusions using quantitative

data while evidence used in deduction only serve as a reinforcement to make

conclusion using qualitative data. Saunders et al. (2009:124) mention that deduction

inclines to positivism and induction is to interpretivism, accordingly, the research

approach pertaining to this study was induction.

Broadly, inductive research approach “develops theory from the observation of empirical

reality; thus general inferences are induced from particular instances, which is the

reverse of the deductive method since it involves moving from individual observation to

statements of general patterns or laws” (Hussey & Hussey, 1997:13). In addition, the

research intends to understand how the implementation of BBBEE is progressing, the

researcher will play active role in the research process, it permits the researcher to

make amendments in the research process and generalising the outcome is not a major

concern which is related to the attributes of inductive approach. The advantages of

using inductive approach for this study was that it helped to decide on a research

design, which data to collect, where to collect data, and the procedure for analysing

them. It perhaps helped to choose the most effective research strategies that would

work best to answer the research questions. Finally, it allowed the researcher to make

Page 174: A CRITICAL REVIEW OF BROAD BASED BLACK ECONOMIC

155

room for unforeseen resource constraints that might pop up as the research progressed

(Saunders et al., 2009:127).

5.4.3 PURPOSE OF THE STUDY- EXPLORATORY STUDY

An exploratory study is by definition “finding out what is happening, to seek insight, to

ask questions, and to assess phenomena in a new light” (Robson, 2002: 59). The

purpose of this study was exploratory because it clarified our understanding of policy

implementation with emphasis on BBBEE in the forest sector. An exploratory study

employs three principal methods in discovering a phenomenon: through literature

review, interviewing experts or analysts in the field and through interviewing people

actively involved in the phenomenon (Saunders et al., 2009:140). The research

reviewed literature about policy implementation and BBBEE, interviewed experts in the

field and interviewed companies currently implementing the policy in order to give a

vivid meaning to answering the research problem.

A characteristic of exploratory study that inspired the study was that it provided a

superior understanding to the sample under study except that it did not allow the

research outcome to be generalised (Disoloane, 2012:135). Even though, the result of

exploratory study are not generalised, it provided a starting point to investigate similar

situations. For effective exploration, it is relevant to understand what knowledge is and

how to acquire it; hence the study was guided by ontological and epistemological

paradigms.

Page 175: A CRITICAL REVIEW OF BROAD BASED BLACK ECONOMIC

156

5.4.4 DESIGNING THE SEMI-STRUCTURED INTERVIEW THEMES

The interview themes comprised of the seven elements of the BBBEE which are

ownership, management control, employment equity, skills development, preferential

procurement, enterprise development and socio-economic development. These topics

were the starting point for in-depth querying of any bottlenecks in the implementation of

each of the elements. To achieve in-depth data about the topic, the interview was

designed in a „content mapping‟ and „content mining approach‟. Legard, Keegan, J. &

Ward, (2013:148) distinguished the former as designing the interview with the

respondent in mind so as to assist them provide full information and the latter as

designing the interview with the belief of exploration in mind in order to get access to

hidden meanings to respondent‟s answers. Simply put, while content mapping raises

questions, contenting mining dig deeper to probe the questions.

To avoid misconceptions, the questions formulated adhered to the following key

doctrines recommended by Legard et al (2013:153-155):

The questions involved both narrow and broad response from low order to high

order reasoning;

It avoided questions that led the respondent to respond in a way that suit the

interviewer. Leading questions that suggested possible answers were avoided;

The questions endeavored to be clear, less confusing, and straight-forward to

motivate the respondents to the task.

Page 176: A CRITICAL REVIEW OF BROAD BASED BLACK ECONOMIC

157

5.4.5 PILOT STUDY

The interview questions could not be administered without pre-testing it to avert

potential problems that might be encountered by respondents. Pilot-testing then is

“small-scale trials run of all the procedures planned for use in the main study” (Monette,

Sullivan, & DeJong, 2002:9). In the end, the pilot test achieved the following:

It helped to know if some key questions were omitted and if additional questions

could be added;

It assisted to identify the unclear, and vague questions and steps taken to rectify

them;

It checked the level of difficulty of the questions as well as the level of

understanding the choice of language used;

Problem areas that did not address the research problem were recognized, some

deleted, some corrected and redirected towards achieving the research

objectives;

It tested the consistent comprehension of the questions particularly the concepts

that related directly to the BBBEE policy (Collins, 2003: 231; Neuman, 1997:

232).

The pilot study was conducted on a panel consisting of 4 interviewees from the forest

sector but out of the sample frame.

5.4.6 GAINING ACCESS TO THE ORGANISATIONS AND INSTITUTIONS

After piloting the interview questions permission had to be sought from the

organisations. Yin (2011:115) dissected that gaining access to respondents is not a

Page 177: A CRITICAL REVIEW OF BROAD BASED BLACK ECONOMIC

158

mere event but a process that may take days in order for permission to be granted. The

author added that even after access has been granted, it may be lost, or limited, due to

the nature of the topic or the sensitivity of the data required (Saunders, et al., 2009:172)

hence; behaviors that may “wear out researcher‟s welcome” should be avoided.

The research first made contacts incrementally with the organisations prior to

administering the interview. It started with an introductory letter to request access which

also explained the key intents of the study, the prime department that was required for

the study and how data would be collected. The researcher made it clear from the

beginning that all unexpected events would be communicated to the institutions. This

built a good trust and rapport with the organisation which averted the termination of the

access granted.

5.4.7 ADMINISTERING THE INTERVIEW QUESTIONS

After gaining access and overcoming the concerns of the organisation, the researcher

made a date with the relevant person(s) to conduct the interview. Dornyei (2007:140)

admonished researchers to listen but not interrupt participants, be neutral in the process

and set up the interview in a serene environment to avert sporadic interruptions. The

research managed the following as recommended by Alshenqeeti (2014:41) in order to

achieve the preceding concerns stated above:

The power relationship between the interviewer and the respondent was

controlled by ensuring that power implicitly or explicitly exerted was avoided. This

was done by extending the interview time in order to build a good connection;

Page 178: A CRITICAL REVIEW OF BROAD BASED BLACK ECONOMIC

159

The value of the research was conveyed to the respondents to make them

contribute immensely and objectively to the best of their knowledge;

The researcher assured the respondents of the extent to which the outcome of

the research will be used by emphatically promising them to use solely for

academic purposes but not for witch-hunting activities;

The responses were treated and analysed in their natural form without attaching

the researcher‟s sentiments to it;

Each sentence of the interview questions was painstakingly constructed and

worded to convey a forthright comprehension in order to prevent ambiguity.

5.5 DEALING VALIDIDTY AND RELIABILITY OF THE STUDY

Conventionally, the trustworthiness of research in the natural sciences is determined by

the reliability, validity and objectivity of the research instrument. This is exactly so

because the instruments are standardised, straightforward, and forthright in a

quantitative manner. In the management sciences however, the research instruments

produce outcomes in a subjective qualitative approach, as the research is interested in

answering questions about social phenomenon using smaller samples in a non-

standardised approach, the need to evaluate the trustworthiness of the outcome is

therefore of paramount importance (Billups, 2014:2). Generally, data collection through

interviews raises concerns about reliability and validity due to the lack of standardisation

of the method (Silverman, 2007:43) hence a method quintessential to such studies is

trustworthiness.

Trustworthiness is the extent to which a research report is certified to be true and valid

by whoever reads it. More concisely, Gunawan, (2015:10) clarified “a research to be

Page 179: A CRITICAL REVIEW OF BROAD BASED BLACK ECONOMIC

160

trustworthy if and only if the reader of the research report judges it to be so.” The

objective of this study was to achieve the above feat, thus four categories (credibility,

transferability, dependability, confirmability) of trustworthiness was upheld.

5.5.1 CREDIBILITY

Credibility which is internal validity in quantitative research is the ability of the research

findings to be truthful, believable and holistically representative (Billups, 2014:2).

Gasson, (2004: 95) intimated that “how we ensure consistency in the research process

and how we communicate to others that we have done so” is credibility. Credibility is

therefore at the heart of trustworthiness since it removes interviewer bias (interviewer

imposing their beliefs, parochial interpretation of responses and where non-verbal

behaviour of the interviewer affects the responses of the interviewee); and response

bias (caused by perception issues, unwillingness to disclose sensitive information and

time factors). The researcher employed two methods to attain credibility: „prolonged

engagement‟ and „member checking.‟

The researcher developed intimate relationship with the respondent organisations to

ensure sufficient comprehension of the natural settings. The researcher actually

immersed themselves in the values of the organisations prior to conducting the

interview. This lengthy commitment made it possible to believe the responses from the

respondents. With member checking, the preliminary report was checked and reviewed

by respondents to assess whether the report reflected their opinion. Discrepancies

identified were corrected and deleted where appropriate.

Page 180: A CRITICAL REVIEW OF BROAD BASED BLACK ECONOMIC

161

5.5.2 TRANSFERABILITY

Transferability (generalizability or external validity in quantitative research) is the ability

of the research report to apply in comparable situations (Shenton, 2004:69). Lincoln and

Guba (1985:306) noted that “by describing a phenomenon in sufficient detail, one can

begin to evaluate the extent to which the conclusions drawn are transferable to other

times, settings, situations, and people.” Even though the research did not aim at

generalising the outcome as it is qualitative and due to the smaller sample size, it

safeguarded transferability. This was made possible by ensuring that adequate

information about the context of the research, processes involved and the research

instrument (including information about the researcher) was made bare.

5.5.3 DEPENDABILITY

Shenton, (2004:71) expounded that dependability relates to reliability and it is the ability

of a research to produce a true or similar replica of the original report if the same data

collection method is used. This consistency is important to produce trustworthy findings

and was incorporated in the research through the use of external auditors, otherwise

called external researchers from the university who provided alternative viewpoints on

the research outcome.

5.5.4 CONFIRMABILITY

Confirmability in qualitative research, known as objectivity in quantitative research are

the steps taken to ensure that the findings of the research are based on the

respondents characteristics instead of researcher‟s inclinations. Confirmability is the

idea that “findings should represent, as far as is (humanly) possible, the situation being

Page 181: A CRITICAL REVIEW OF BROAD BASED BLACK ECONOMIC

162

researched rather than the beliefs, pet theories, or biases of the researcher” (Gasson,

2004: 93). The researcher remained as neutral as possible and strengthened the

dependability of the research in order to avoid superimposing any biases in the analysis

and interpretation of the study.

5.6 TARGET POPULATION AND SAMPLE SIZE

Saunders et al. (2009:212) define population as “the full size of cases from which a

sample is taken.” Similarly, it is in the form of a pool where a sample is chosen using the

appropriate sampling procedure so as to enable generalisations. Due to time and

budget constraints, the study did not use the entire population but a sample was

collected. The target population for the study included all BBBEE compliant forest sector

companies at Amahlathi Municipality, BBBEE Verification agencies and officials of

Strategic and Development Planning Department from Amahlathi Municipality. In total,

15 participants from three organisations partook in the study. In the municipality, the

target population was senior managers who were 6 in sum but 4 samples were drawn

for the study. From the BBBEE verification agencies, the study targeted only certified

auditors with BBBEE accreditation. The auditors were about 8 in total and the total

sample frame was 5. Finally, the transformation departments of measured entities were

targeted. Out of the total of 11, 6 samples were chosen for the study.

5.6.1 SAMPLING PROCEDURE- NON PROBABILITY SAMPLING

Qualitative research requires an in-depth understanding of a study, as such statistical

representativeness is of less concern; the sample is small-scale and deliberately

chosen to suit the qualitative enquiry (Ritchie, Lewis and Elam, 2003:78). In this regard,

Page 182: A CRITICAL REVIEW OF BROAD BASED BLACK ECONOMIC

163

non-probability sampling technique was used to select the sample in order to thoroughly

meet the objective and answer the research questions. Non- probability sampling is

when not all the sample is given equal chance of being selected (Saunders et al.,

2009:596). Specifically, purposive, sampling techniques was used because the FSC

companies usually have characteristics similar to other companies hence; a judgmental

selection of respondents in the industry will provide the needed data to gain the

theoretical insight for the study.

5.6.2 PURPOSIVE SAMPLING

Van Manen (2014:353) define purposive sampling as “the notion used to indicate that

interviewees or participants are selected on the basis of their knowledge and verbal

eloquence to describe a group or (sub)culture to which they belong.” Yin (2011:311)

concur with the Van Manen by delineating the concept as “the selection of participants

or sources of data to be used in a study, based on their anticipated richness and

relevance of information in relation to the study‟s research questions”. Both definitions

boil down to the subjective nature of selecting samples in order to objectively study a

phenomenon. This suggests that the selection is non-random, judgmental, and

deliberate, permitting the researcher to hand-pick respondents based on their

proficiency and „fitness for the purpose‟ of the subject being studied (Etikan, Musa, &

Alkassim, 2016:2). The advantages of using purposive sampling method include the

following:

It focused on the best sample, eliminates unsuitable ones allowing the research

to be forthright;

Page 183: A CRITICAL REVIEW OF BROAD BASED BLACK ECONOMIC

164

The process is consumed less time as it dealt with a small-scale and limited

sample size;

The findings were highly representative in comparison to other methods of

sampling as it selected candidates with the requisite knowledge to give up-to-

date data about the subject;

To some extent, the results of the research from purposive represented the view

of the general population due to rigorous nature of identifying respondents;

The willingness of participants to participate allowed them to explore the topic in

detail in a thoughtful and insightful approach (Etikan et al. 2016: 2).

Patton (2002. Quoted by Saunders et al., 2009:237) made an assumption about

purposive sampling that makes it even more reason why it was selected. The

assumptions are that; if the selected companies have difficulties in the implementation

of the FSC, it is highly probable that it will happen everywhere in the sector, and if the

process is comprehensible, it is highly likely that it will be generally comprehensible in

the sector.

5.7 ETHICAL CONSIDERATIONS

The researcher acted within the required ethical policy of University of Fort Hare by

observing the confidentiality clause of all respondents. In light of this, ethical clearance

was obtained from the University‘s Research Ethics Committee (UREC) before

commencing the research. The study also endeavoured to act within the required

policies of all organisations involved in the study. The purpose of upholding ethics

during the interaction with all cases in the study was to build trust with the participants;

to inspire respondents to be honest to the best of their knowledge; to protect the

Page 184: A CRITICAL REVIEW OF BROAD BASED BLACK ECONOMIC

165

organisations from which respondents were drawn from all forms of harm and to ensure

that participants‟ freedom was protected.

Except seeking approval from the companies, actual participants were made to read

and sign the consent form permitting the researcher to conduct interviews them. Even

though respondents were specifically selected, a consensus was built with them to seek

their approval. A consent form was then issued which had in it the following clauses:

The approximate duration of the interview session;

A declaration to reduce all forms of risks (physical and emotional) that might

pose a risk to participants;

The right of the researcher to clarify questions;

Assurance of the extent to which their views and opinions would be used and

shared;

The freedom of respondents to take a break or postpone the interview due to

circumstances beyond their control.

This helped to instill some confidence in the interviewees to respond freely, removed

awkwardness and discomfort. As far as possible, the research ensured fairness and

inclusivity in the identification and selection of participants in the research. To this end,

respondents were selected based on their knowledge of the research topic irrespective

of their age, race, colour or gender.

5.8 LIMITATIONS OF THE RESEARCH

The limitation of the study was the lack of previous studies in the research area which

posed a challenge to the review of literature. At best, most previous studies focused

Page 185: A CRITICAL REVIEW OF BROAD BASED BLACK ECONOMIC

166

broadly on the BBBEE policy or other sectors but not in the forest sector. Other

research in the forest sector too narrowly escapes studies around the charter. The

research aimed to study the FSC between 2009 and 2019. However, the charter was

amended in 2017 yet forestry firms had not fully migrated to implementing it. The

researcher therefore had to conduct the study based on the previous charter.

Another limitation worth mentioning in this study is the difficulty of companies to disclose

their BBBEE information. This is due to fear of being considered noncompliant or due to

motives known only to the firms. This resulted in the selection of less sample size for

the study even though this did not qualitatively affect the research outcome.

5.9 CONCLUSION

This chapter highlighted the epistemological and ontological assumptions of the study

as well as the research design. It discussed why the qualitative research was adopted

and why semi-structured interview was employed to collect data and as well indicated

the research approach of the study. The study did not conclude without highlighting the

ethical assumptions of the study. The next chapter presents the analysis, findings and

discussion of data.

Page 186: A CRITICAL REVIEW OF BROAD BASED BLACK ECONOMIC

167

CHAPTER 6 - RESULTS, DISCUSSION AND INTERPRETATION OF FINDINGS

6.0 INTRODUCTION

The preceding chapter provided a discussion of the research methodology and

sampling technique used in this study. This chapter intends to analyse, discuss and

interpret findings from the data collected. It commences with the data collection

technique employed and how data was analysed. It then presents the analysis of the

primary data collected from three groups of respondents through semi-structured

interviews. The first category of data was collected from Amahlathi Municipality‟

Strategic Planning and Development Unit, followed by data from a measured entity

within the forest sector from Amahlathi Municipality and lastly data from BEE

verification Agencies.

6.1 DATA COLLECTION METHOD- INTERVIEW

The data were collected by using semi-structured interview (face-to-face interview) in

which respondents were asked relevant questions directly linked to the research

objective. Data collection under qualitative research includes interviews, observation,

documents and group discussions however, considering the empirical nature of this

study; semi-structured interviews were suitable for collecting data. Semi-structured

interviews are less standardised interviews that are qualitative in nature (King, 2004:13).

Using this approach gave the researcher the opportunity to probe the topic in its entirety

(David, & Sutton, 2004:87)).

Prior to conducting the interviews, the researcher personally went to organisations to

inform them about the purpose of the study, and asked permission if they could

Page 187: A CRITICAL REVIEW OF BROAD BASED BLACK ECONOMIC

168

participate in this research voluntarily. In other cases, a phone call was made asking

them to participate in the study. Due to the sensitive nature of this topic in connection

with the disclosure of their empowerment data, organisations were unwilling to

participate thus critical case sampling method was employed. In total, fifteen

participants from three organisations (six from measured entities, four from the

municipality and five from verification agencies) partook in the study. Those who were

invited to take part in the research agreed after being assured of the confidentiality of

the process. The interviews were recorded and noted with their permission and each

took nearly 30 to 45 minutes.

The interview allowed a list of themes and questions to be covered based on

organisational or respondents context. The interview was also non-directive, more or

less informal in nature, not predetermined and gave the interviewee ample freedom to

freely express themselves. This method permitted the researcher to list major issues

related to BBBEE that served as a guide to conduct the interview. It besides, afforded to

modify, change and ask more questions depending on the direction of the respondent.

This flexibility made the interviewee direct the process and give adequate information

about the complexities of BBBEE policy implementation. More clearly, the merits of

using interview to gather data were that:

Despite its time consuming nature, its return rate was high;

Even with less anonymity, it was real and not based on hearsay;

Although criticised for its small-scale nature, it provided the platform for collecting

in-depth uncontaminated data about the respondents‟ beliefs regarding the topic

under study;

Page 188: A CRITICAL REVIEW OF BROAD BASED BLACK ECONOMIC

169

It afforded the researcher the potent to observe and collect non-verbal data

which is rarely available with questionnaires method (Ho, 2006: 11).

In addition, data collection through interviews ensured that the study acquired first-hand

information from the field, promoted high level of personalised data relevant for the

research topic, provided avenue to explore further on the topic, and rendered the

opportunity to clarify any incomprehensible questions (Gray 2004: 214).

6.2 PARTICIPANTS

The participants were made of respondents purposely selected from measured entities,

BBBEE verification agencies and the local municipalities where the study was

conducted. The total number of respondents from these organisations was fifteen who

were interviewed in groups and were mostly in senior positions selected mainly to offer

outstanding professional experience to unpack the topic under study.

Amahlathi Municipality‟s sample was drawn from the Department of Strategic and

Development planning which: Coordinates all agricultural activities within the locality;

Nurture Small and Medium Enterprises and Cooperatives; Develops Local Economic

Development (LED) policies; Promotes forestry within the area; Stimulates the use of

municipal land effectively. Measured entities were drawn from BBBEE level 3 compliant

firms. Due to limited number of firms implementing the FSC policy and lack of interest in

disclosure of BBBEE status, the researcher relied on specific measured entity which

was voluntarily willing to participate in the study. BBBEE verification agencies were

selected similar to the procedure used in selecting measured entities.

Page 189: A CRITICAL REVIEW OF BROAD BASED BLACK ECONOMIC

170

6.3 DATA ANALYSIS- CONTENT ANALYSIS

Data analysis „is a process of resolving data into its constituent components, to reveal

its characteristic elements and structure‟ (Dey, 1993:31). Content analysis technique

was used to analyse data. According to Balyer (2012:583), „this type of analysis usually

aims to analyze similar data on a topic and comment on it‟. Firstly, the researcher

listened to the recordings and notes once more to safeguard the authenticity of data.

The large data was not categorized based on interviewee‟s understanding of FSC

implementation. The categories were then reviewed to merge and collapse some

categories. Elo, and Kynga (2008:107) affirmed that “the purpose of creating categories

is to provide a means of describing the phenomenon, to increase understanding and to

generate knowledge.‟ To ensure a thorough analysis, the data was reviewed multiple

times in order to confirm statements, identify patterns and classify contradictions made

by participants. The data was organized into five broad themes namely: Progress with

BBBEE implementation; Level of compliance of measured entities; effectiveness of

implementing officials; Implementation bottlenecks; and suggested implementation

strategies.

6.4 FINDINGS

6.4.1 PROGRESS WITH FSC OF BBBEE IMPLEMENTATION

For the purpose of the study, the progress of companies refers to the value measured

entities have achieved from the implementation as well as the impact thereof on

beneficiaries. In this context, the view of the participants from the municipality was that it

is uncompelled to implement the BBBEE policy but empower the local community as a

Page 190: A CRITICAL REVIEW OF BROAD BASED BLACK ECONOMIC

171

fiduciary duty. In other words, the policy does not make provision for local municipalities

to actively participate in its implementation process as it is only meant for businesses.

However, it sees the need to be recognised in the process so as to afford them the

prospect to empower the poor in their locality. In its effort to implement to participate in

the empowerment process, it established the Keiskamahoek Irrigation Scheme- a

successful partnership between amadlhelo and Seven Stars Coop that produces milk to

supply to clover. Another successful empowerment project is Rasmeni Farms- led by

selected women in the municipality to produce chickens on large scale for sale to

surrounding local community. The interviewees commented that these and other

smaller projects in the municipality have drastically uplifted the living conditions of

majority black people in the area. It was also clarified that „black people‟ were the major

beneficiaries of most of these projects.

FIGURE 6.1: FIRE DESTRUCTION BEFORE AND AFTER ACQUISITION

Source: (Primary Research Data, 2017)

Page 191: A CRITICAL REVIEW OF BROAD BASED BLACK ECONOMIC

172

Respondents from the measured entity indicated that their BBBEE status has led to a

partnership with Amathole Forestry Company (AFC) which is state-owned. The merger

has led to a drastic reduction in fire outbreaks in both entities as shown in figure 6.1.

Secondly, it paved the way for the establishment of a Trust called Amathole Workers

Trust which is a share ownership scheme aimed at advancing the economic dignity of

black employees by permitting workers to own shares in the company. Participants

stated „The trust currently owns 10% share in the company with great prospect for

growth in coming years‟. Furthermore, figure 6.2 shows the BBBEE scores of the

measured entity based on the previous FSC.

FIGURE 6.2: BEE SCORES FOR THE MEASURED ENTITY

Source: (Primary Research Data, 2017)

To elicit information about the role of Verification Agencies in the implementation

process, interviewees were asked about their role. The study established that

verification agencies are staircase between DTI and measured entities that corroborate

the authenticity measured entity records (Balance sheets, financial statements, etc.).

Diagrammatically, Verification agencies feature in the implementation process as in

Page 192: A CRITICAL REVIEW OF BROAD BASED BLACK ECONOMIC

173

FIGURE 6.3: ROLE OF BEE VERIFICATION AGENCIES IN BBBEE

IMPLEMENTATION

Source: (Primary Research Data, 2017)

Figure 4.3. Starting from top, The DTI, after developing the policy, tasks South Africa

National Accreditation System (SANAS) which develops the criteria for accreditation.

SANAS plays important role as it is the quality assurance body for the stringent

monitoring of BEE verification processes. BEE Verification agencies, using the

guidelines set out by SANAS verifies the records of measured entities and approves or

Page 193: A CRITICAL REVIEW OF BROAD BASED BLACK ECONOMIC

174

disapproves the records based on available evidence, after which a BEE certificate is

issued.

6.4.2 LEVEL OF COMPLIANCE OF MEASURED ENTITIES

Participants from the measured entity indicated that forestry firms currently

implementing the policy are demonstratively compliant. To confirm this, one interviewee

asserted: „a BEE Committee is set up to assist in monitoring achievement of policy

objectives.

FIGURE 6.4: IMPLEMENTATION STRATEGY OF THE FORESTRY COMPANY

Source: (Adapted from Primary Research Data, 2017)

Board of Directors Formulate Strategy

Strategy communicated to Group Service Manager

BEE Committee collects data

Data submitted to BEE Verification Agency

Page 194: A CRITICAL REVIEW OF BROAD BASED BLACK ECONOMIC

175

This Committee meets once a month together with the Group Service Manager to

assess the effectiveness of measures put in place to attain the goals set. At the end of

the year, a progress report is submitted to auditors who in this case are called BEE

Verification Agencies who based on the evidence available awards BEE points‟. The

process mentioned above is diagrammatically shown in figure 6.4

In response to the question: responsibilities of verification agencies, participants from

BEE verification Agencies stated that they are regarded as the veins of BBBEE policy

implementation because they convey information (including ideas, feeling, and

impressions) from measured entities to policy makers (DTI) and vice versa in order to

improve compliance. Another participant stated: „we substantiate evidences prepared by

measured entities, verify whether the evidences provided are sufficient bearing in mind

that companies may misstate their records and in case misstatement, we ask for more

evidence. If satisfied with the evidence available, a BBBEE score is awarded followed

by a BBBEE verification certificate. We prepare a verification report which provides an

in-depth detail about each element awarded to measured entities.‟ One individual

explained that they provide consultancy and non-consultancy services to companies

including but not limited to the following:

Train measured entities about how to effectively implement the BBBEE policy to

enhance compliance;

Assist companies prepare manuals or policies to guide the implementation

processes;

Educate measured entities on developing management system for definitive

verification;

Page 195: A CRITICAL REVIEW OF BROAD BASED BLACK ECONOMIC

176

Examine measured entity‟s compliance policies and provide non-biased advise

on how to improve on conformance;

Explore opportunities for measured entities to add value to the implementation

process without prescribing it.

When asked about what verification agencies look for in the verification process,

participants discussed the process as follows:

6.4.2.1 VERIFYING OWNERSHIP CODE

The ownership is critical in the achievement of BBBEE scores because proper

implementation of the code can easily translate into the attainment of other codes with

ease. Under this code, Verification agencies peruse through the data of measured

entities to determine if they truly deserve the point awarded themselves. This takes five

steps: check if the net equity is properly calculated and seek evidence about the figures

recorded and write a detailed report on the method used; corroborate that voting rights

and economic interest are accurately represented as required; take steps to prove how

designated groups are calculated and ensure they are not overstated by companies;

collect evidence that points to how complex structures are dealt with, how equity and

assets sales are managed. We take our verifications to South African Revenue Services

(SARS) to obtain sufficient information about the measured entity.

In other forms of ownership including trusts, employee ownership schemes, a review of

some or all of the following variables is required: check if the scheme meets the

requirements outlined in the Codes and verify that black people get the benefits as per

the formula stated; ensure that people who claim to be unemployed provide a proof by

Page 196: A CRITICAL REVIEW OF BROAD BASED BLACK ECONOMIC

177

making affidavits to that effect. If a measured entity states their beneficiaries are the

youth, verify that they within the range of 18 and 35 years. If a measured entity states

their beneficiaries are the disabled, we verify that the beneficiaries are actually disabled.

If a measured entity proclaims their beneficiaries are black people in remote

underdeveloped locations, verify that by seeking letter from their traditional leader or

confirming their postal addresses. For QSE‟s two main items are checked: voting rights

as well as economic interest.

6.4.2.2 VERIFYING MANAGEMENT CONTROL CODE

Participants commented that verification of the management control code is

straightforward using the verification manual in conjunction with the sector codes.

Agencies compare the measured entity‟s points against the allocated management

control score. The investigation commences by requesting EEA2 and EEA4 forms

submitted by the measured entity at Department of Labour. Check if the race, gender,

level of management and appointment of the Board are not overstated or understated

and to abate any form of fronting. Interviewees listed the following steps further:

Distinguish between top management and senior management of the measured

entity and ascertain if the entity‟s management are only senior management or

top management so as to spell out which weighting point to allocate;

Avoid double counting by ensuring that the measured entity‟s senior

management qualify for points under Code 200 or Code 300 but not both;

Page 197: A CRITICAL REVIEW OF BROAD BASED BLACK ECONOMIC

178

Ensure that measured entities classify their management levels into categories

such as senior top, other top management, etc. if not classified, the verification

agency is obliged to classify the management before points allocation;

Request for personal information including identity document or certified copies

about the directors and managers from the measured entity;

Randomly select some board of directors to have a thorough discussion

regarding their job description to determine if their roles are executive or not;

Obtain information from the Department of Labour regarding appointment

records of directors and their participation on the board to ascertain whether

they are executive directors or nonexecutive directors;

Determine black directors and management roles by means of comparing their

remuneration with their white counterparts, their voting rights and obtain

evidence about any restrictions that may hamper their right to vote;

In order to confirm whether the scores are accurate, calculate the number of

directors and check how many are black, how many are women and how many

are non-executive;

Corroborate the formulae and weighting points used by the measured entity

whether they correspond with the management control scores;

6.4.2.3 VERIFYING EMPLOYMENT EQUITY SCORECARD

The starting point to verify this code is to request the EEA1 bearing employee‟s

signature and medical information indicating any employee with disability as well as

EEA2 and EEA4 forms from Department of Labour submitted for EEA. In addition,

determine if race, gender, physically challenged, and level of management of

Page 198: A CRITICAL REVIEW OF BROAD BASED BLACK ECONOMIC

179

employees are stated accurately. Verification agencies ensure that the entities meet the

40% target for each of the two five-year periods. No score is allocated if entities fail to

achieve the sub-minimum for the periods.

Under this code, measured entities must categorize management into senior, middle

and junior management. „We equate middle management to junior management in

situations where measured entities management is not properly categorized,‟ a

participant indicated. Request employees‟ files from the employer (in this case, the

measured entity) and compare it with the EEA1, EEA2 and EEA4 form to see if any

irregularities exist. Employees file should have the following details to make verification

relaxed: a copy of id, job specification, appointment letter, promotion letter (if

applicable), employee band and other information relevant to simplify the process. All

employees labeled as disabled should be physically verified by the verification agency.

This can be confirmed by using the EEA2 and EEA1 forms or by obtaining information

from the disabled employee‟s doctor.

6.4.2.4 VERIFYING SKILLS DEVELOPMENT CODE

As a requirement, companies below R500, 000.00 need not comply with this code but

verification agencies still verify SARS certificate proving the exemption. Agencies see to

it that measured entities comply with this code but also with SDA including the Skills

Development Levies Act, register with SARS and the measured entity must have a

SETA. The measured entity should perhaps, have a skill development plan in place

indicating how their black workforce are re-skilled, report annually to their SETA. After

confirming that the above are in place, verification agencies now do a counter proof by

Page 199: A CRITICAL REVIEW OF BROAD BASED BLACK ECONOMIC

180

first requesting for the APM201 form which is an evidence that the measured entity has

either internal or external skills development trainer to assist it. Next, we confirm from

the specific SETA whether the measured entity is registered with them. In addition,

obtain the following from SETA: annual training report, approval letter permitting the

entity to implement its own programmes and that these programmes are targeted at

black employees. Moreover, agencies collect evidences to ascertain whether

scholarships, bursaries and any form of financial assistance is classified expense on

skill development. It is important to note that the expenses are still recognised.

Verification agencies then turn their attention to evidences of expenses on skills

development in the form of invoices, deposit slips or records in their accounts.

Additional evidences include: training agreement contract between the employee and

the measured entity; request for attendance register specifically for training activities be

it internal or external training and check that the training activity falls within the learning

Programme Matrix.

6.4.2.5 VERIFYING THE IMPLEMENTATION OF PREFERENTIAL PROCUREMENT

CODE

Just over half of those who answered this question reported that the purpose of

verifying the implementation of this code is to determine if measured entities procure

their materials from BBBEE compliant firms, establish that the suppliers of the

measured entity meet the criteria stated in point 2.1 of the preferential procurement

code and establish if the points awarded are calculated correctly. ‘We besides collect

evidence to determine if measured entities expenditure on this code are not overstated;

Page 200: A CRITICAL REVIEW OF BROAD BASED BLACK ECONOMIC

181

certify that appropriate documents for preferential procurement is being used and ratify

the BBBEE recognition level of suppliers as this determines the point to be awarded to

the measured entity‟ participants added.

Verification agencies establish whether the measured entity accurately calculated the

total expenditure by obtaining either their audited financial statement, a copy of

management account or income statement or any other information that assist the

assessment. An individual stated: „We also trace the source of the goods and the date

of the purchase to establish if the transaction took place within the time-frame under

scrutiny.‟ Once the source of goods are located and marked, verification agencies

confirm that measured entities apply items stated in paragraph 5 of the preferential

procurement code. These items include purchasing from public entities that meet the

requirements in the Public Finance Management Act (PFMA) specifically schedule 2

and 3 entities; and procuring from monopolistic suppliers, labour brokers and imported

items. Next, ascertain whether measured entities made the appropriate exclusions listed

in paragraph 6 of the preferential procurement code some of which is not purchasing

from schedule 1 public entity.

If the measured entity imported some goods, it will be excluded in the total spend and it

must provide reasons for purchasing abroad rather than local. As a matter of fact, „the

policy promotes local procurements unless such components are not locally produced,

the component is a material needed for value addition and the imported brand and its

specifications differ from local substitutes‟ interviewees underscored. In such situation,

the measured entity must have all the relevant documentations such as importer

registration and VAT declaration both from SARS.

Page 201: A CRITICAL REVIEW OF BROAD BASED BLACK ECONOMIC

182

Following this, the calculations of the measured entity with respect to their

procurements are validated by:

Requesting proof of transaction between the measured entity and BBBEE

suppliers.

Determining the BBBEE compliance level of the supplier to ascertain the

weighting points to allocate;

Cooperating with measured entities to factually determine the quantity of goods

supplied (in rand terms) by the BBBEE supplier in order to be certain about the

figure used by the measured entity;

Making certain that BBBEE compliance level of suppliers has been incorporated

correctly by measured entities in calculating their score;

Randomly selecting some suppliers to verify their compliance level as stated by

the measured entity;

6.4.2.6 VERIFYING THE IMPLEMENTATION OF ENTERPRISE DEVELOPMENT

CODE

Prior to commencing the verification, verification agencies verify their official papers to

ensure that the key principles are acted upon to attain the general objectives of the

BBBEE. Using standard valuation method, verification agencies assess the calculations

to give their verdict as to which amount should be excluded or included and settles on

acceptance or rejection of the cumulative recognition of the code. When doing

verifications, interviewees asserted „we collect sufficient data to make informed decision

about points to allocate for meeting the enterprise development code. We then

Page 202: A CRITICAL REVIEW OF BROAD BASED BLACK ECONOMIC

183

determine the points awarded themselves (measured entities) is equal to the weighting

points and any bonus points that apply to the code,‟

Sufficient evidence is also collected from the beneficiaries of measured entities to verify

their BBBEE status as claimed by measure entities. Evidences collected are applied to

categorise the contributions of measured entities into category A or B. Verification

agencies must also check if the recipients qualify as beneficiaries set out in clause 3.2.4

of the codes and substantiate that all assistance have no ulterior motives except for

developmental, sustainable nurturing, financial independence and operational

enhancement purposes. As a requirement, the enterprise development should last for a

minimum of five or more years. If beneficiaries do not conform to the above, no points

will be allocated to measured entities under this code.

In the actual authentication process, verification agencies take a thorough perusal of

entities‟ audited financial statement dating back to five years to confirm the form of

developmental initiative taken to succour beneficiaries. Respondents added „we further

collect sufficient evidence to confirm beneficiaries‟ BBBEE status and their qualifying

category. The evidence collected is also used to prove the identity of shareholders of

the beneficiary entity to confirm if they are truly „black‟ as defined in the codes. If not

satisfied, we request to see actual persons.‟ In cases where the identity of beneficiaries

cannot be validated, the points already allocated by the measured entity will not be

upheld. Agencies then scrutinize the written agreements between the measured entity

and the enterprise development beneficiary to see if they meet the requirements in

annexure 600 (A) of the Code. Finally, check that measured entities subtract VAT

amount from the contributions made by the measured entity.

Page 203: A CRITICAL REVIEW OF BROAD BASED BLACK ECONOMIC

184

6.4.2.7 VERIFYING THE SOCIO-ECONOMIC DEVELOPMENT CODE

In this verification process, Verification agencies assess the investments made by

measured entities within their immediate communities and whether they comply with the

calculations procedurally. The process is begun by determining whether points

measured entities allocated themselves using standard valuation method is accurate.

Using the Codes of Good Practice as a reference point, verification agencies gather

sufficient evidence to confirm which contributions should be regarded socio-economic

development and which one should be excluded or assigned to other Codes. It is also

their responsibility to check that at least 75% of the contributions benefit black people as

defined in the codes.

Verification agencies ascertain that the activities of measured entities under this code

facilitate viable access of the previously to the mainstream economy. „It is important to

note that measured entities‟ points is out rightly revoked if it is found that black people

have been partially or entirely misrepresented. We again check that contributions

included in the calculation of measured entities within five years after the inception of

the implementation of the code,‟ respondents stressed.

In the actual verification process, the verification agencies request for financial

statements (preferably audited one) for the years under review. It may perhaps obtain

evidence by any legal means possible to substantiate the claims about the number of

black people recorded in the measured entity‟s records. Some of the legal means of

obtaining evidence in this regard may include letters from a school if the beneficiaries

are students/learners, a letter from a hospital if beneficiaries are patients, old age

Page 204: A CRITICAL REVIEW OF BROAD BASED BLACK ECONOMIC

185

homes if the beneficiaries are old people and from an orphanage if the beneficiaries are

orphans. The verification agency proves the blackness of beneficiaries in all these

evidences even if it means seeking an autonomous view about the identity of the

beneficiaries. Contributions to beneficiaries with dubious or unsubstantiated identities

are excluded instantaneously from the calculations under the Socio-economic

Development code. If satisfied with their identities, as well as the written agreements

between beneficiaries and measured entities, the agencies give their verdict as to

whether they complied with annexure 700 (A) of the code. Verification agencies subtract

VAT from any transaction in instances where measured entities factor in VAT in their

calculations.

6.4.3 EFFECTIVENESS OF MONITORING IMPLEMENTATION PROCESSES

When participants were asked: who is responsible for monitoring implementation of

BBBEE policy in the municipality, majority commented that BEE policy is not

administratively binding on the municipality while other respondents commented that the

municipality does not have the authority to query which company is complying with the

policy or how companies are complying with it. Consequently, no department is

assigned to oversee the implementation and administration of BEE in the municipality

including other municipalities nationally.

In response to the question: „have you ever been invited to give ideas about what

should be included or excluded from the policy as a municipality?‟ the municipality

emphatically stated: „As I stated earlier, local views do not feature in the development of

the BBBEE policy even after its revisions on many occasions, policymakers still bypass

local communities.‟

Page 205: A CRITICAL REVIEW OF BROAD BASED BLACK ECONOMIC

186

Respondents from verification agencies were asked about transparency in reviewing the

records of measured entities and they emphasised: „we strive to be impartial in our

dealings so as to avoid losing our accreditation and maintain a professionally working

relationship with our clients. We remain neutral, independent, transparent, fair and

open-minded irrespective of the fees we charge clients. We maintain agency-customer

confidentiality at all cost and identify all threats to impartiality including self-interest, self-

review, familiarity, intimidation, threats and ensure that we do not fall victims to them.

Our decisions are solely based on evidence provided and conclusions based on the

BBBEE verification manual which is our guiding principle.‟

To test their effectiveness, the agencies were asked how they detect fronting and

responded that identifying fronting is multifaceted due to various forms of it.

Notwithstanding the complications, agencies do their utmost best to detect them and

take necessary actions taken to reverse any harm caused. Agencies identify fronting in

one or more of the following actions:

Take a complete review of the company in its entirety by reviewing the ownership

structure with its subsidiaries to ascertain if there is any conflict of interest;

the measured entity‟s organizational structure is reviewed in conjunction with job

description of each structure;

Identify and scrutinize documents to see if managers and directors are not

deceptive but perform their jobs at the measured entity.

Inspect documents to confirm that the job description at the measured entity is

the same for all race and remuneration framework are based on qualifications,

experience etc.;

Page 206: A CRITICAL REVIEW OF BROAD BASED BLACK ECONOMIC

187

Peruse through the minute book of directors of measured entities to ascertain if

the entire race is given the opportunity to make strategic decisions;

Interview physical persons about their role at the measured entity

Inspect human resource department‟s records to query any doubtful sudden

appointments or resignation of directors and managers.

6.4.4 BBBEE IMPLEMENTATION BOTTLENECKS

When posed the question about holdups to the policy implementation, participants from

the local government lamented the exclusion of municipalities from verification of

measured entities. Participants stated: “Government is failing the previously

disadvantaged." Interviewees posited that black-owned forestry companies in the

municipality generally struggle to grow their businesses. For instance, Amahlathi has

got abundance of forest divided into two: Commercial forestry, classified as the „Big

Guns‟ in the industry and the smaller firms, mostly black-owned struggle to sustain their

businesses. One participant added that „Even if the municipality puts a tender as

required by supply chain, it is these „Big Guns‟ that meet the requirements as a result of

their huge financial muscle hence; benefit from the tender at the detriment of smaller

forestry firms.‟ Another individual remarked that forestry is major employer in the

municipality and since there are insufficient job opportunities within the locality, workers

are exploited due to the large pool of labour. The majority of those who responded to

the above questions felt that the policy is narrow but not „broad‟ as perceived by

policymakers. „For now I can say the policy does not represent the previously

disadvantaged until it is decentralised. For instance, if it is decentralised big contractors

Page 207: A CRITICAL REVIEW OF BROAD BASED BLACK ECONOMIC

188

can be forced to subcontract to smaller firms, mentor them and leave a lasting legacy in

local economies‟ one participant decried.

Measured entities on the other hand allude that the continuous changes in the sector

codes affects and subsequently erodes the successes achieved previously. Coming to

the codes, the ownership code is challenging because a greater percentage of black

people who are target beneficiaries do not have sufficient income to purchase the

percentage required by the policy. „The company itself is family owned business so it is

even not possible to relinquish it to people at no cost,‟ a participant indicated. The

other most perplexing code is meeting the skills development element due to the

number of staff they employ (over 1200 employees). One interviewee stated „the

intricate part of this code is that if we invest more on training, it may affect payment of

staff benefits such as bonuses. The more people we hire, the more problems you

encounter, meaning we must use machinery. We are thus, forced to downsize by taking

automation route but that will have dire repercussions for the community as it relies on

these firms for jobs.‟

„The procurement policies is built on the principle that suppliers should provide goods at

lowest cost, quality and efficient but these attributes are very difficult, if not impossible to

find among black suppliers due to financial constraints‟ another individual

acknowledged. Employment equity element posed a challenge due to lack of skilled

forestry experts in the municipality. Measured entities mentioned that this is one reason

they employ immigrants.

According to verification agencies, the major bottleneck militating against the policy is

how to curb the proliferation of fraudulent BBBEE certificates due in part to the benefits

Page 208: A CRITICAL REVIEW OF BROAD BASED BLACK ECONOMIC

189

that come with having the certificates. A common view amongst interviewees was that

companies must familiarize themselves with a sample BBBEE certificates (figure 6.5)

and its features thereof in order to make informed decisions while some advised to

contact the verification agency appearing on the certificate to verify the authenticity of

certificates. Some interviewees alluded it is the responsibility of companies to do their

background checks about the credibility of verification agencies before sourcing their

services and report any misrepresentation to the BBBEE Commission.

FIGURE 6.5: FEATURES OF A GENUINE BBBEE CERTIFICATE

Source: (Primary Research Data, 2017)

Page 209: A CRITICAL REVIEW OF BROAD BASED BLACK ECONOMIC

190

To this end, the following are some of the few tips participants pointed out in forged

certificates:

The items on the certificate is haphazardly arranged;

The resolution (clarity) of the logo is low, blur and fuzzy;

Details such as email address, telephone number, VAT registration number,

SANAS registration number incorrect;

Either certificate is not signed or certificate signed but missing authorized

signatory name;

BBBEE Points allocation is incorrect.

6.4.5 RECOMMENDED IMPLEMENTATION STRATEGIES

When asked to suggest better implementation tactics, about 70% of those who were

interviewed at the municipality indicated municipalities should be included at least in

monitoring measured entities to bring a remarkable success. A small number proposed

that the policy should be decentralised to capacitate municipalities to draft own

empowerment programmes. Since forestry is the major employer in the municipality,

participants encouraged wood cutters to form coops in order to have one voice as a

collective to negotiate better wages. Besides, with a formidable co-op, the government

can recognise and support them with equipment, finance and risk management. Other

clarifications to this question included „We currently have primary and secondary coops

at the municipality. The primary coops cut the logs and the secondary coop‟s

responsibility is to link the products to markets. The primary coops have one

representative at the secondary coop to coordinate and report all matters back to their

members.‟ Furthermore, the municipality has taken it upon itself to capacitate small-

Page 210: A CRITICAL REVIEW OF BROAD BASED BLACK ECONOMIC

191

scale forest growers to acquire business and negotiation skills. To this end, it is

continuously engaging with Small Enterprises Development Agency (SEDA) to train

emerging growers with business and negotiation skills.

To promote inclusive growth, measured entities proposed: “we need stability in the

policy as the incessant changes in its objectives do not bode well with us; there must be

reward for employing more staff rather than penalising us for our inability to meeting the

skill development code. If the policy continues on this trajectory, we will be forced to

take capital-intensive route. Companies should be given the liberty to train workers

based on company needs instead of BBBEE policy needs.”

6.6 DISCUSSIONS

The views of stakeholders about BBBEE implementation in the forest sector were

evaluated in the study and a number of results obtained. The study found that the policy

follows a top-down (centralisation) approach that is policies are developed at the top

and imposed on companies without making any alterations to its implementation. In

addition, local municipality ideas are excluded from the policy which militates against

the successful implementation of the policy. Makinde, (2005:66) however, pointed that

centralization places policies in silos, disregard the concerns of all stakeholders but only

top officials who carved the policies. More importantly, Berman (1980: 206) believed

that implementation that does not incorporate the issues of local milieu is likely to

produce inaccurate expectations of beneficiaries. The lack of consideration for local

trepidations (economic, political, socio-cultural settings) renders implementation

attempts null and void. The gap between policy makers, implementers and beneficiaries

widens when less decentralization exist (Ali, 2006:8) because it fails to infuse local

Page 211: A CRITICAL REVIEW OF BROAD BASED BLACK ECONOMIC

192

initiatives relevant for specific context (Memon & Wheeler, 2000:3). This is evident by

continuous disconnect between local economies and policy makers as the former feels

isolated from the process.

Comparing the two results from measured entities and the municipality, it can be seen

that financial constraint is a major bottleneck in empowering the previously

disadvantaged yet agree that the policy intent is laudable. Besides, the policy has rarely

any clear-cut strategy to curb the exploitation of workers particularly in rural areas.

Instead, it is mainly focused on achieving equity and skill development of workers with

little emphasis on remuneration of the workers in general. Precisely, the BBBEE policy

overemphasizes equity between black and white people with less concern about

whether white workers are remunerated competitively well.

The interview with Amahlathi Municipality indicates that the BBBEE policy with its

implementation process is inherently political implementation in reference to Matland‟s

Conflict/Ambiguity matrix of policy implementation (Matland, 1995:160). This is

because the policy intent is unambiguous as local municipalities concur those

oppressed by apartheid should be empowered. It is the means by which this intent

should be achieved that generates a source of conflict, thus implemented politically

where „implementation outcomes are decided solely by power‟ (Hill et al., 2002:76).

Hudson, (2006:230) believe that the success of the implementation may nevertheless

depend on the ability of the central authority to coerce measured entities to comply with

the policy goals (Matland, 1995:164). Accordingly, the economic value envisaged will be

unachievable.

Page 212: A CRITICAL REVIEW OF BROAD BASED BLACK ECONOMIC

193

Based on the responses from the interviewees, it can be inferred that the successful

compliance of the policy by forestry companies has created little economic value to

companies and beneficiaries than expected which can be compared with Moore‟s

(1995:18) assertion that the reason for lack of value is the inability of forestry firms to

participate in developing the policy, lack of free will operate and lack of the policy to suit

specific locational and environmental needs.

According to Sabatier‟s (1999:120) ACF, policies must be implemented for a period of at

least ten years before reforms can be made. This allows policy subsystems (socio-

economic conditions, public opinion, policy perceived impacts) to be aggregated within

the timespan. This cannot be said of the BBBEE policy as reforms continue unabated in

less than a decade. The policy initially had seven elements and as companies moved to

acclimatise with it, changes have been made hence; it is now reduced to five elements.

Besides, Government promised in the FSC to make funds available for black people to

complete BBBEE transactions. The DWAF represesenting the government through its

influence, will negotiate funding for these transsactions. It perhaps declared that DWAF

will knock on the doors of Departments such as DLA, DoA and the Land Bank as well

as corporations such as IDC to source funds for emerging entrepreneurs. Moreover,

DWAF pledged to consult with the National Treasury to provide funds to establish a

Development Fund for purchase of seeds, land, and tree planting. Industries on the

other hand, will develop various financial models to strengthen this initiative, propose

the financial models to financial institutions for approval, and recommend insurance

models feasible for emerging growers as this sector is pestered by continuous forest

fires (FSC, 2009:8,9,13). However, the above promises have not been fullfilled as

Page 213: A CRITICAL REVIEW OF BROAD BASED BLACK ECONOMIC

194

respondents substantiated that BBBEE transactions in the forest sector are at standstill

due to lack of finance. It is highly ominous and ill-omened to learn about the

government not complying with a policy it personally developed.

Cargill, (2010: 205) criticized the notion of sourcing funds for individuals to purchase

shares of a private company for self-benefit at the expense of the masses. The

ownership element where companies are expected to transfer 25% shares to blacks

usually has unpredictable benefits to blacks and the economy at large resulting in

unsolicited lending. More so, the deal comes with little to no benefit to the entity as most

BEE investors come with inadequate business acumen as well as experience yet cost

of the transaction is mostly enormous. The economy eventually shrinks compared to

allowing entities to assist black business people establish their businesses (Cargill

2010:206).

Jeffery (2014:160) cautioned companies regarding the implementation of the

management element as its haphazard implementation may lead to incompetent

management that may take calamitous decisions. Another concern is that if more under-

qualified directors are employed, they will outnumber skilled directors whose opinions

may become unpopular as the inexperienced directors will outvote and outnumber the

board. These suicidal decisions may lead to insolvency of measured entities.

Steyn (2015:1) observed the lack of technical skills among black people in the economy

resulting in high unemployment and poverty among the youth and companies struggle

to retain skilled workers due to competition hence; the need for skills development. In as

much as skills development code is strategically essential, measured entities believe

Page 214: A CRITICAL REVIEW OF BROAD BASED BLACK ECONOMIC

195

the policy should permit companies to decide on the number of staff to train instead.

The measured entities posited that they are labour intensive (employing over 1200 staff)

so it is costly to meet the requirements set out in the policy.

This encounter with verification agencies laid bare revelations about BBBEE

implementation tactics that are unknown to the public. The generic code with its

accompanying monitoring devices is the best policy that ensures that implementation

and monitoring are conducted simultaneously. Based on the findings and the

testimonies of these agencies, it can be concluded with surety that implementing

officials are highly effective due to the rigorous selection processes. In his Strategic

Triangle of public value creation, Moore (1995:71) highlighted operational capacity as

one most important ingredient for achieving value. BBBEE verification agencies spell

victory for the implementation of the policy as most of them have the capacity to perform

the verification tasks due to the stringent application and selection processes. The skills

exhibited by the agencies ensure that measured entities adhere to the prescript of the

policy. Williams & Shearer, (2011:5) however admonished that skilled human resource

alone does not improve operational efficiency and effectiveness in modern times but

technology.

6.7 CONCLUSION

The analysis of data in this chapter made intriguing revelations about the policy worth to

be deliberated. The analysis revealed that municipalities have been relegated from the

implementation yet most measured entities are found within their milieu. Compliance by

companies is to a certain extent favourable but the continuous policy reforms and policy

Page 215: A CRITICAL REVIEW OF BROAD BASED BLACK ECONOMIC

196

changes does not brave well with the future of the policy. The role of BBBEE verification

agencies in ensuring successful implementation of the policy were emphasized,

pinpointed and identified. The study exposed how BBBEE verification agencies identify,

and detect fronting, features of fraudulent certificates and how they corroborate the

findings of measured entities. The most significant findings emerging from this study is

that even though forestry companies are complying with the prescripts of the policy, its

positive impact on local communities socially and economically is scanty. The

succeeding chapter intends to provide the overall conclusion and practicable

recommendations for the study.

Page 216: A CRITICAL REVIEW OF BROAD BASED BLACK ECONOMIC

197

CHAPTER 7: CONCLUSIONS AND RECOMMENDATIONS

7.1 INTRODUCTION

The preceding chapter shed light on how local governments, measured entities and

Verification agencies contribute to the successful implementation of the BBBEE policy

by way of interviews and analysis. This chapter outlines summary of the chapters,

findings from the study, highlight the overall conclusion of the study based on research

questions and research objectives. This will be followed by workable recommendations

based on the findings of the study will be itemized. Finally, areas of further research as

well as conclusion of this chapter will be presented to summarize the salient facts of this

chapter.

7.2 OVERVIEW OF THE STUDY

This study seeks to critically review Broad-Based Black Economic Empowerment Policy

implementation in the forest sector in amahlathi municipality. Chapter 1 constitutes the

introduction, background information, the statement of the problem, the research aims,

objectives and research questions, the chapter organisation, definition of concepts and

the significance of the study.

Chapter 2 gives a theoretical foundation that pertains to the researcher‟s investigation,

as well as the evaluation of concepts. It is composed of the theoretical framework for

the researcher‟s study and a detailed review of implementation studies. It entails the

various generations of implementation studies and the top-down and bottom-up

approaches to policy implementations.

Page 217: A CRITICAL REVIEW OF BROAD BASED BLACK ECONOMIC

198

Chapter 3 seeks to review the BBBEE policy with emphasis on the FSC that pertains to

forestry firms. It starts with the administration of the apartheid economy, discusses the

motive behind developing the policy as well as the constitutionality of it. Each element of

the code is thoroughly discussed to uncover the challenges, bottlenecks and

opportunities being encountered by measured entities and verification agencies.

Chapter 4 focuses on international best practices in the forest sector and analysis of

case studies. Principally, it gives overview of the forest sector management in Germany,

China and South Africa. It then looks at the then Stutterheim LED policy and Malaysia‟s

NEP.

Chapter 5 discusses the methodology underpinning the study. It deals with the research

philosophy of the study and the paradigm that is adopted to achieve the research aim

and objectives. It is mentions that the qualitative research method is espoused to

investigate the study. The target population, sample size and sampling procedure are

also highlighted.

Chapter 6 presents the researcher‟s findings, the analysis of the findings and

discussions about the findings. It starts with how the data is collected and analysed

before presenting the findings in themes.

Chapter 7, which is the final chapter for this study, provides a summary of the findings,

conclusions, as well as a workable recommendations and areas for further research.

Page 218: A CRITICAL REVIEW OF BROAD BASED BLACK ECONOMIC

199

7.3 SUMMARY OF FINDINGS

Findings from the study are presented separated among the selected stakeholders of

the policy- agencies, the municipality and measured entities.

7.3.1 FINDINGS FROM AMAHLATHI MUNICIPALITY

The study established that local Municipalities have been side-lined from contributing

meaningfully to the implementation process, thus a gap exists between the local

municipality with its local people and the BBBEE policy implementation. It also found

that the policy is implemented in a top-down approach resulting in the municipality

unable to attain the social and economic values promised by the policy. Finally it found

that financial constraints prevent black people from benefitting from the policy.

7.3.2 FINDINGS FROM THE MEASURED ENTITIES

The entities under review was a BBBEE Level 3 contributor denoting a spend

recognition of 110% procurement recognition with 75 BBBEE points. The implication is

that the measured entities can claim the original amount plus 10% if they procure goods

and services from any BBBEE supplier. The study also found that finance, lack of skills

and continuous policy amendments presents a bottleneck in the implementation

dynamics of the policy. Lastly, labour intensive measured entities find it unbearable to

meet the skills development element due to high cost of training. These results suggest

that the value envisaged has not been fully met.

Page 219: A CRITICAL REVIEW OF BROAD BASED BLACK ECONOMIC

200

7.3.3 FINDINGS FROM VERIFICATION AGENCIES

The study found that verification agencies are effectively monitoring the implementation

of the policy. It however found that the use of technology is non-existent in monitoring

the process. Finally the study found that agencies are hired by measured entities to

verify their BBBEE status which presents a huge temptation for both parties to conspire

with each other.

7.4 RECOMMENDATIONS

The preceding recommendations are made based on the findings from the literature

review, empirical study and finding from the primary research. The recommendations

are made to the government, verification agencies, measured entities and specifically

the forest sector charter

7.4.1 JEFFERY’S ECONOMIC EMPOWERMENT FOR THE DISADVANTAGED (EED)

Jeffery 2014 (409-413) shifts from the blackness of individuals to the consideration of all

disadvantaged South Africans (citizens and permanent resident) because the colour

„black‟ is not synonymous with being „disadvantaged‟. Simply put, definition of

„disadvantaged‟ person should not be race-based due to the exploitation of the concept

by politically connected elites in the past and in recent times as evident in the literature

review. A disadvantaged person according to Jeffery should “use income and other

socio-economic indicators of development to gauge who is truly poverty-stricken to

reduce the emphasis on race classification”. Jeffery added that unlike BBBEE, EED‟s

aim to provide the preconditions for poor people to properly take-off. These

Page 220: A CRITICAL REVIEW OF BROAD BASED BLACK ECONOMIC

201

preconditions include uninterrupted schooling system, quality tertiary education that

prepares students for the world of work, business and entrepreneurship.

7.4.2 MADI’S BLACK ECONOMIC ENABLEMENT (BEN)

Madi (2016:184-216), a believer in the creation of enabling environment for South

Africans proposes a new paradigm in the policy implementation title Black Economic

Enablement (BEN). According to the author and academic, BEN is a constructive

process with much emphasis on disadvantaged black people that support all South

Africans regardless of race to have equal access to the economy by ensuring that

people with entrepreneurial abilities are uplifted, opportunity created for all to learn

based on good faith that reduces inequality. Madi further explained this form of

empowerment through the acronym „ENABLEMENT‟ highlighted below:

ENTREPRENEURIAL DEVELOPMENT: this „E‟ also stands for enterprise development

to denote the importance of creating more entrepreneurs and assisting small

businesses to be sustainable. The proposed policy reform argues that this code should

be credited with the highest point as opposed to ownership, management codes to the

BBBEE policy.

NUMBERS: this denotes the idea that the proposed policy should be supported by large

number of the supposed beneficiaries. The numbers here also denotes that the policy

implementation should benefit as many people as possible, not just handpicked

individuals as who benefit on recurring basis. The policy should be owned and driven by

the previously oppressed to avert „crony-capitalism‟.

Page 221: A CRITICAL REVIEW OF BROAD BASED BLACK ECONOMIC

202

ACCOUNTABILITY: there should be the notion of accountability in the implementation

of the policy from allocation of resources, monitoring through to evaluation of the

implementation. The author advocated that the lines of accountability should be

impermeable, thick and impenetrable so as to make it impossible for stakeholders to

erase. The selection of beneficiaries and the reasons for their inclusion should besides

be transparent, broad-based and representative. Similarly, agencies tasked with

implementing policies must be accessible so as to bring them to book should they

decline to fulfill their responsibility.

BLACK: the author recommends that in as much as the policy should take all South

Africans along, it should focus much on black people as defined in the constitution as

well as the EEA because poverty amongst black people is gravely higher than other

categories of the population. Empowering black people will bolster the economy

because their improved purchasing power to support businesses of other categories of

the population.

LEVEL PLAYING FIELD FOR STAKEHOLDERS: Power must be evenly distributed

among all stakeholders: government agencies, the private sector, beneficiaries,

measured entities, etc. If the power gap that exists between resource distributers and

resource beneficiaries are not cautiously managed, it will degenerate into corruption.

ENABLE: the post analysis of any empowerment policy implementation should leave

beneficiaries empowered than previously. The empowered individuals, communities and

companies should now be independently strong, entrepreneurially skillful, and

attitudinally resourceful to assist others in terms of jobs, and developing others. Similar

Page 222: A CRITICAL REVIEW OF BROAD BASED BLACK ECONOMIC

203

to job orientation or teaching others how to ride a bike, the author espouse that

empowering others must also have an end, if not it implies unsuccessful enablement.

Enablement in this sense is “helping people develop the necessary competencies to

manage their own empowerment effectively. When enablement is not part of an

empowerment effort, the effort is likely to fail.”

MONITORING: the author started explanation with the phraseology, „that which you

cannot measure you cannot monitor; and that which you cannot monitor cannot

materialize‟ to wit, vigilance is priority to ensuring the attainment of enablement

objectives.

EMPLOYMENT: With this proposed policy full employment will be attained since the

focus will be on enterprise and entrepreneurial nurturing. Companies with highest job

creation will be given high BBBEE scores, and pay less tax.

NATION-BUILDING: the proposed amendment to the policy implementation also

envisages the incorporation of „nation building‟ for all South Africans. This healing and

reconciliation approach to correcting discriminations and injustices of the past is the

surest way to heal winners, and losers in the implementation process without sense of

self-aggrandizement.

TRANSFORMATION: Transformation in this sense must have attributes of enablement,

meaning every step must be taken to ease the possibility of the previously

disadvantaged to be empowered without entirely disempowering the previously

advantaged. The potential stakeholders in this form of transformation should be any

person with the requisite resources but not just the government driving it.

Page 223: A CRITICAL REVIEW OF BROAD BASED BLACK ECONOMIC

204

7.4.3 LOCAL ECONOMIC EQUITY FOR THE DISADVANTAGED (LEED)

It is recommended that the policy should be reformed to incorporate local municipalities

in its development and implementation. That is to say, instead of drafting specific sector

codes, DTI should direct their energy towards empowering municipalities to draft local

specific codes to capture conditions reminiscent of municipalities dubbed Local

Economic Equity for the Disadvantaged (LEED).

LEED is a pro-growth and poverty reduction strategy drafted from the BBBEE policy to

specifically identify previously excluded South Africans through the creation of enabling

environment to thrive in order to permit equity. The previously excluded is broadly all

South African citizens and permanent resident (black, white, coloured, Indians,

Chinese) who rarely benefited from the apartheid regime. LEED is premised from the

notion that the common enemy is poverty but not the color of the skin. This is a

transformative, redistributive, reconciliatory approach that is in consonance with the

constitution rather than retaliatory or revengeful manner in which the current BBBEE is

being executed. Local municipalities must be endorsed to make decisions concerning

the empowerment of their constituents and be fully resourced to implement them so as

to ensure fair selection of the destitute. Stakeholders of LEED include but not limited to

the following: the government (DTI), local municipalities (including white and permanent

resident persons), development agencies, the private sector (black and white

businesses) to a resilient link should be built between the haves and have-nots to

Page 224: A CRITICAL REVIEW OF BROAD BASED BLACK ECONOMIC

205

access and share resources for the mutual benefit of citizens. Under LEED, local

development agencies are capacitated to monitor the effectiveness of all projects rather

than having some armchair verification agencies far away from measured entities.

7.4.4 e-BBBEE

The role of BBBEE Verification Agencies in successful implementation of the policy

cannot be overemphasized as their responsibilities are paramount to the attainment of

its objectives. This implies that policy makers should commit and invest hugely on them

to ensure that they are capacitated to accomplish this pivotal role. Measured entities

must perhaps find it stress-free to submit files for verification and DTI should be able to

assess the works done by verification agencies. One most important tool that enhances

policy implementation in the public sector and that can link this tripartite alliance is the

application of e-governance which is dubbed e-BBBEE.

E-BBBEE, similar to e-governance is a smart way of implementing policies, clever way

of information dissemination, firmest process of uploading, sharing and saving

documents among policy implementation alliances. Alshehri & Drew (2010:79) classifies

e-governance as “The delivery of government information and services online through

the Internet or other digital means”. Besides, Naidoo (2012:63) defines “e-governance

as public sector's use of information and communication technologies with the aim of

improving information and service delivery, encouraging citizen participation in the

decision making process and making government more accountable, transparent and

effective.”

Page 225: A CRITICAL REVIEW OF BROAD BASED BLACK ECONOMIC

206

Based on these definitions, e-BBBEE is distinguished as the implementation of BBBEE

policy online through the internet to permit distribution of information among

stakeholders in a transparent and accountable manner. This quantum transformation

will align the activities of the DTI, Verification Agencies and Measured entities

sequentially as portrayed in Figure 7.1.

FIGURE 7.1: INFORMATION FLOW WITHIN E-BBBEE IMPLEMENTATION

Source: (Primary Research, 2017)

This prevents personal contact between auditors and measured entities thus avoid any

financial temptations arising from familiarity with parties. More importantly, e-BBBEE

single-handedly addresses the implementation bottlenecks identified. Successful

implementation of e-BBBEE will translate into the following benefits:

It abridges information processes among the DTI, measured entities,

beneficiaries and verification agencies;

Page 226: A CRITICAL REVIEW OF BROAD BASED BLACK ECONOMIC

207

It permits potential firms to gather information about how the policy should be

implemented;

It empowers measured entities to fully participate in the empowerment processes

thereby democratizing the BBBEE implementation;

It ensures transparency, and lessens temptations, thereby eradicating

corruptions between verification agencies and measured entities particularly

regarding fraudulent BBBEE certificates;

It reduces cost to measured entities to the barest minimum as they would be able

to track their application online, and print their BBBEE certificate online to spare

them time and travelling cost associated with inviting verification agencies;

It enhances better understanding of measured entity‟s needs, and improves

information sharing among the tripartite alliance;

7.4.5 ENVIRONMENTAL SUSTAINABILITY

The FSC should incorporate elements that reward environmental sustainability and

climate change mitigation strategies in order to meet the three values of SFM (Table

4.1: page: 107) as the policy now only meets economic and social values. Meeting the

environmental value of SFM can lead to expansion of forest cover, sustainable forest-

based livelihoods and biodiversity protection.

7.5 AREAS OF FURTHER RESEARCH

This research focused on BBBEE implementation from the perspective of measured

entities in the forest sector. In future, similar studies could be undertaken in other

sectors of the policy including construction sector, chartered accountancy sector,

Page 227: A CRITICAL REVIEW OF BROAD BASED BLACK ECONOMIC

208

agriculture sector and tourism sector in the municipality to ascertain how these sectors

are faring. It will also be fascinating to conduct a thorough research among companies

that are not complying with the BBBEE charter to specifically identify reasons for

noncompliance, and whether there is any sanction for the defiance. It is important to

note also that the research did not take into account the living conditions of BBBEE

beneficiaries of the measured entity. A further study into whether beneficiaries‟ standard

of living has changed since becoming beneficiaries of the measured entity

Research can be taken further into the doorsteps of the DTI to evaluate what prompted

them to arrive at the current codes, assess how they intend to implement reforms about

the policy and prove with evidence the successes of the policy in the realisation of its

goals.

7.6 CONCLUSION

It can be observed that the name of the policy which was changed from BEE to BBBEE

was merely nominal but in numerical terms, it is still narrow-based due to its inability to

build social and economic values for stakeholders. The proposed recommendation of

Madi (BEN) is about enabling the poor (mainly black people) into the economy by not

necessarily overindulging them. Jeffery (EED) also believes that privation of all sectors

of the economy including government departments and municipalities will be

sustainable in bringing long-term prosperity than the current BBBEE policy. Finally, the

research recommends LEED as a distinct broadest way to expand the empowerment

programmes to local government comprehensive approach to localize empowerment

processes so as to address local conditions.

Page 228: A CRITICAL REVIEW OF BROAD BASED BLACK ECONOMIC

209

8. BIBLIOGRAPHY

Abdullah, F.H. 1997. Affirmative Action Policy in Malaysia: To Restructure Society,

to Eradicate Poverty in Ethnic Studies Report. XV (2). Available:

http://www.spur.org.nz/LinkClick.aspx?fileticket=E2MiyCAWx%2B4%3D&tabid=7

2&mid=470. [2015 August 21].

Abhayaratne, A. 2002. Poverty Reduction Strategies in Malaysia 1970-2000:

Some Lessons. Available:

unpan1.un.org/intradoc/groups/public/documents/apcity/unpan032206.pdf

[Accessed 2017, January 8].

Abor, J., & Quartey, P. 2010. Issues in SME Development in Ghana and South

Africa. International Research Journal of Finance and Economics (39): 218-227.

Acemoglu, D. Gelb S. & Robinson, J.A. 2007. Black Economic Empowerment

and Economic Performance in South Africa. Available:http://www.treasury.gov.za

/publications/other/growth/06Procurement%20and%20BEE/02BLACK%20ECON

OMIC%20EMPOWERMENT%20AND%20ECONOMIC%20PERFORMANCE%2

0IN%20SO.pdf [2016 March 21].

Ackermann, L.W.H. 2004. The Legal Nature of the South African Constitutional

Revolution. New Zealand Law Review 2004(4): 633-679.

Adami, S. 2014. Street-Level Bureaucrats. Available:

steveadami.myefolio.com/Uploads/Street-Level%20Bureaucracy.pdf [2016,

August 7].

ADM. 2015. 2015 – 2016 Integrated Development Plan. Available:

Page 229: A CRITICAL REVIEW OF BROAD BASED BLACK ECONOMIC

210

http://www.amathole.gov.za/attachments/article/334/ADM%202015-

2016%20DRAFT%20IDP.pdf [2016 July 3].

Ahmed, A. 2008. Ontological, Epistemological and Methodological Assumptions:

Qualitative Versus Quantitative. Available: files.eric.ed.gov/fulltext/ED504903.pdf

[2017 February 18].

Ahsan, M. 2003. An analytical review of Pakistan's educational policies and plans.

Research Papers in Education. 18(3): 259-280.

Alemann, U. 1996. Was sind Verbände? In: Informationen zur politischen Bildung, No.

253, Bundeszentrale für politische Bildung; Bonn.

Ali, S. 2006. Why does policy fail? Understanding the problems of policy implementation

in Pakistan - a neuro-cognitive perspective. International Studies in Educational

Administration, 34(1). Available: http://ecommons.aku.edu/pakistan_ied_pdck/10

[2016, September 30].

Alshenqeeti, H. 2014. Interviewing as a Data Collection Method: A Critical Review.

English Linguistics Research. Vol. 3, No.1: 39-45.

Alshehri, M. & Drew, S. 2010. Implementation of e-Government: Advantages and

Challenges. Available: http://www.iask-web.org/tl10/tl2010.html [Accessed 2017

November 10].

Amahlathi Municipality. 2016. Development and Planning Department Functions.

Available: http://amahlathi.gov.za/departments/development-planning [2016 July

2].

Amended Forest Sector Charter. 2017. No. 40803. Government Gazette. 21 APRIL.

Government Printer.

Page 230: A CRITICAL REVIEW OF BROAD BASED BLACK ECONOMIC

211

Aminu, A. & Onimisi, T. 2014. Policy Implementation and the Challenges of Poverty

Alleviation in Nigeria. Academic Journal of Interdisciplinary Studies. Vol 3 No 4:

295-300.

Anderson, J. E. 2003. Public policymaking: An introduction. Boston: Houghton

Mifflin Company.

Areff, A. 2015. Auditor general flags R25.7bn in irregular govt spending. Available:

http://mg.co.za/article/2015-11-25-auditor-general-flags-r257bn-in-irregular-govt-

spending [2016, September 30].

Asemah, E. S., Okpanachi, R. A., and Edegoh, L. O. 2013. Business Advantages of

Corporate Social Responsibility Practice: A Critical Review. New Media and

Mass Communication. Vol.18, 45-54.

Bahari, S. F. 2010. Qualitative Versus Quantitative Research Strategies: Contrasting

Epistemological and Ontological Assumptions. Jurnal Teknologi. Vol 1. 17-28

Baird, S. 2010. Managing Local Economic Development: A Case Study of Tauranga.

Master Dissertation. University of Otago, Dunedin.

Balshaw, T. & Goldberg, J. 2008. Broad-based black economic empowerment: Final

codes & scorecard. 2nd edition. Cape Town: Human & Rousseau.

Balyer, A. 2012. Transformational Leadership Behaviors of School Principals:

A Qualitative Research Based on Teachers‟ Perceptions. International Online

Journal of Educational Sciences, 2012, 4 (3), 581-591.

Bardien, G. 2005. Is Metal Getting a Colour Rinse? South African Labour Bulletin

29(5): 22-23.

Berman, P. 1995. Health sector reform: making health development sustainable. Health

Page 231: A CRITICAL REVIEW OF BROAD BASED BLACK ECONOMIC

212

Policy. Vol. 32: 13-28.

Berman, P.1980. Thinking About Programmed And Adaptive Implementation: Matching

Strategies To Situations. In Why Policies Succeed Or Fail. H.M Ingram, & D. E.

Mann. Eds. Beverley Hills, Sage Publication, London.

Baumgartner, F.R., & Jones, B.D. 2003. Positive and negative Feedback in Politics.

In Policy Dynamics. F.R. Baumgartner & B.D. Jones. Eds. Chicago: University of

Chicago Press. 3–28.

Benington, J. 2011. From Private Choice to Public Value. In Public Value: theory and

practice. J. Benington & M. Moore. Eds. Basingstoke. Palgrave Macmillan: 31-

51

Benington, J. & Moore, M. 2011. Public Value in Complex and Changing Times. In

Public Value: theory and practice. J. Benington & M. Moore. Eds. Basingstoke:

Palgrave Macmillan: 1-30.

Benjamin, P.S., Raditapole, T.N., & Taylor, M. 2005. Black Economic Empowerment:

Commentary, legislation and charters. Pretoria: Juta Publishers.

Billups, F. 2014. The Quest for Rigor in Qualitative Studies: Strategies for Institutional

Researchers. Available:https://www.airweb.org/eAIR/specialfeatures/Documents

/ArticleFBillups.pdf [2017, March 24].

Black Economic Empowerment Commission (BEECom). 2001. A National Integrated

Black Economic Empowerment Strategy. Johannesburg: Skotaville.

Blakely, E. J. and Leigh, N. 2010. Planning Local Economic Development: Theory and

Practise. Thousand Oaks: Sage Publications.

Blaikie, N. 2007. Approaches to Social Inquiry. 2nd edition. Cambridge: Polity.

Page 232: A CRITICAL REVIEW OF BROAD BASED BLACK ECONOMIC

213

BMELV. 2004. Verstärkte Holznutzung zugunsten von Klima, Lebensqualität,

Innovation und Arbeitsplätzen (Charta für Holz). Federal Ministry of Food,

Agriculture and Consumer Protection, Berlin: 20-23.

BMU. 2007. Nationale Strategie zur biologischen Vielfalt. Berlin.

Bolaji, S. D., Gray, J. R. & Campbell-Evans. 2015. Why Do Policies Fail in Nigeria?

Journal of Education & Social Policy. Vol. 2, No. 5: 57-66.

Bond, P. 1998. Local Economic Development and the Municipal Services Crisis in

Post- Apartheid South Africa. Urban Forum, Vol. 9: 159-196.

Borras, S.J. 2003. Questioning market led agrarian reform: experiences from

Brazil, Colombia and South Africa. Journal of Agrarian Change 3(3): 367-394.

Bowman Gilfillan Attorneys. 2010. Black Economic Empowerment Guide. Available:

www.bowman.co.za/BEE/BEEBrochure-lr. [2016 February, 6].

Bozeman, B. 2007. Public values and public interest: Counterbalancing economic

individualism. Washington, D.C. Georgetown University Press.

Bressers, H. 2004. Implementing Sustainable Development: How to Know What Works,

Where, When and How. In Governance for Sustainable Development: The

Challenge of Adapting Form to Function. W. M. Lafferty & E. Eldgar. Eds.

Cheltenham. 284–318.

Bromell, D. 2012. Creating Public Value in the Policy Advice Role: A Reflection from the

Front Line. Policy Quarterly. Volume 8(4):8-25.

Brynard, P. A. & De Coning, C. 2006. Policy Implementation. In Improving Social Policy

from Theory to Practice. F. Cloete, H. Wissink & C. De Coning. Eds. 2nd

Edition. Pretoria, Van Schaik.

Page 233: A CRITICAL REVIEW OF BROAD BASED BLACK ECONOMIC

214

Brynard, P. A., 2005. Policy implementation: Lessons for service delivery. Harnessing

the partnership of the public and non-state sectors for sustainable development

and good governance in Africa, Problems and the way forward. 27th AAPAM

Annual Roundtable Conference. 5th-7th December 2005. Zambezi Sun Hotel,

Livingstone, Zambia.

Burdzik, J. & Van Wyk, D. 1987. Apartheid Legislation 1976-1986. Acta Juridica

1987: 119-164.

Burrell, G. & Morgan, G. 1979. Sociological Paradigms and Organisational Analysis.

Hants: Ashgate.

Burton, P. J., Messier, C. Adamowicz, V., & Kuuluvainen, T. 2009. Sustainable

management of Canada's boreal forests: Progress and prospects. Écoscience,

vol. 13 (2): 234-248.

Businesstech, 2015. The Truth About Black And White Ownership On The Jse.

Available: http://businesstech.co.za/news/general/102513/the-truth-about-black-

and-white-ownership-on-the-jse/. [2015 May 02].

Butler, A. 2006. Black economic empowerment: an overview. New Agenda, 22 (2nd

quarter): 80-85.

Cargill, J. 2010. Trick or treat: Rethinking Black Economic Empowerment.

Johannesburg. Jacana Media.

Case, W. 1995. Malaysia: Aspects and Audiences of Legitimacy. In Political

Legitimacy in South East Asia: A Quest for Moral Authority. M. Alagappa,

Ed. California: Stanford University Press.

Cachalia, G. 2017. How BEE has failed to uplift the indigent. Available

Page 234: A CRITICAL REVIEW OF BROAD BASED BLACK ECONOMIC

215

https://www.businesslive.co.za/bd/opinion/2017-09-22-how-bee-has-failed-to-

uplift-the-indigent/ [2017, September 24]

Chalekian, P. 2014. Patterns of Public Policy and Administration: Identifying Interfaces

and Relationships. Available:

www.hillside.net/plop/2014/papers/Pattern_Language_and_Mining/chalekian.pdf

[30 October, 2016]

Chakravarty, S., Ghosh, S. K., Suresh, C. P., Dey A. N. & Shukla, G. 2012.

Deforestation: Causes. In C. A. Okia Ed. Effects and Control Strategies, Global

Perspectives on Sustainable Forest Management, ISBN: 978-953-51-0569-5.

Chan, P. & Horii, K. 1986. Impact of the new economic policy on the Malaysian

economy: with special reference to ownership and control. Tokyo: Institute

of Developing Economies.

Cheadle, T., & Haysom Inc. 2005. Black Economic Empowerment: Commentary,

Legislation and Charters. Cape Town: Juta.

Chimange, M. 2012. Implementation of the Zimbabwe National Orphan Care Policy:

Implications of Partnership between Government and Civil Society. Masters

Dissertation. University of Fort Hare.

Chimhandamba, D.G. 2008. Black Economic Empowerment and Firm Competitiveness.

MBA Dissertation, University of Pretoria.

Chowa, T. & Mukuvare M. 2013. An Analysis of Zimbabwe‘s Indigenisation And

Economic Empowerment Programme (IEEP) As An Economic Development

Approach. Researchjournali‘s Journal of Economics. Vol. 1 | No. 2.

Clarke, J. & Isaacs, M. 2004. What role for forestry in reducing poverty in South Africa?

Page 235: A CRITICAL REVIEW OF BROAD BASED BLACK ECONOMIC

216

Case studies of contractors in the forestry sector. Available:

wrm.org.uy/oldsite/countries/SouthAfrica/Final_Report.pdf. accessed [2018/02/1].

Cliffe D. 2007. The Way to BEE 2007. A guide to Black Economic Empowerment.

Available:https://www.cliffedekkerhofmeyr.com/export/sites/cdh/en/sectors/downl

oads/BEE-Brochure.PDF [2017 April 9].

Coad, L., Campbell, A., Miles, L., Humphries, K. 2008. The Costs and

Benefits of Protected Areas for Local Livelihoods: a review of the current

literature. Working Paper. UNEP World Conservation Monitoring Centre,

Cambridge, U.K.

Cobbah, S. 2012. Assessing the Effectiveness of the Ghana Maritime Authority in

Managing the Maritime Industry in Ghana. Masters Thesis. Kwame Nkrumah

University of Science and Technology.

Coffey, W. J. & Polese, M. 1984. The Concept of Local Development: a stages model

of Endogenous regional growth. Regional Science Association, Vol 55: 1-12.

Collins, D. 2003. Quality of Life Research. Netherlands: Kluwer Academic Publishers.

Coleman, F. L.1983. Economic History of South Africa. Pretoria. Haum.

Contreras-Hermosilla, A. 2001. Illegal activities and corruption in the forest sector. In:

State of the World‘s Forest, Ed. FAO: 76-89.

Constitution of the Republic of South Africa 108/1996.

Corrruption Watch, 2013. Poor Hurt Most By Dodgy Procurement. Available :

http://www.corruptionwatch.org.za/poor-hurt-most-by-dodgy-procurement/.

[2016 February 13].

Creswell, J.W. 2012. Qualitative inquiry and research design: Choosing among five

Page 236: A CRITICAL REVIEW OF BROAD BASED BLACK ECONOMIC

217

approaches. 3rd ed. Los Angeles: Sage Publications.

Creswell, J.W. 2007. Qualitative inquiry and research design: Choosing among five

approaches. 2nd edition. Thousand Oaks, CA: Sage.

Crotty, M. 2003. The Foundations of Social Research: Meaning and Perspectives in the

Research Process. 3rd Edotion. London: Sage.

Davis, L. 2014. ‗How to‘ Guide to Managing Economic Empowerment Projects.

Available: https://www.trocaire.org/sites/trocaire/files/resources/policy/how-

guide-managing-economic-empowerment.pdf. [2016, July 3].

De Beer, F & Swanepoel, H. 2000. Introduction to Development Studies. Oxford

University Press, Oxford.

De Klerk, S.S. 2008. A Critical Analysis of Broad Based Black Economic Empowerment

in the Mining Sector. Master Dissertation. University of Johannesburg.

deLeon, P. 1978. A Theory of Policy Termination. In The Policy Cycle. J.V. May & A.

Wildavsky. Eds. Berverly Hills: Sage. 279-300.

Department of Labour, 2015. Employement Conditions Commission Report on the

investigation into the Forestry Sector. Available:

www.labour.gov.za/DOL/downloads/documents/.../Forestry%20report%202015.

Accessed [2018 February, 17].

Department of Trade and Industry, 2005. The BEE Codes of Good Practice — Phase

1. Released on 1 November 2005.

Department of Trade and Industry, 2007. Broad-based Black Economic

Empowerment Act: The Codes of Good Practice. Department of Trade

and Industry: Pretoria, South Africa.

Page 237: A CRITICAL REVIEW OF BROAD BASED BLACK ECONOMIC

218

Department of Trade and Industry, 2007. Broad-Based Black Economic Empowerment

Act (53/2003): Codes of Good Practice on Black Economic Empowerment.

General Notice No 112 of 2007,Government Gazette No 29617, 9 February

2007.

Department of Water Affairs and Forestry, 2007. A Users Guide to the Forest Sector

BBBEE Charter and Scorecard. Available:

https://www.dwa.gov.za/Documents/Forestry/BBBEECharterGuideJun07.pdf

[2015 October 14].

Department of the Marine and Natural Resources, 2001. Code of Best Forest Practice

Dublin: Magner Communications.

Derkson, K. 2008. International Forest Management: A Case Study of Germany, Wales,

Sweden and Finland. Available: www.transfor.uni-

freiburg.de/download/kristie_derkson_EFC2007.pdf [Acessed 12 Feb 2018].

Dey, I. 1993. Qualitative Data Analysis. A user-friendly guide for social scientists.

London: Routledge.

Dieronitou, I. 2014. The Ontological and Epistemological Foundations of Qualitative and

Quantitative Approaches to Research with Particular Reference to Content and

Discourse Analysis of Textbooks. International Journal of Economics, Commerce

and Management. Vol. 2. Issue 10: 1-17.

Disoloane , V. P.P. 2012. Reception of a Code of Conduct at the Capricorn District

Municipality in the Limpopo Province. Phd Thesis. University of South Africa.

Dörnyei, Z. 2007. Research Methods in Applied Linguistics: Quantitative Qualitative,

and Mixed Methodologies. Oxford: Oxford University Press.

Page 238: A CRITICAL REVIEW OF BROAD BASED BLACK ECONOMIC

219

Draft Amended Forest Sector Code, No. 39368 of 2015. 2015. Government Gazette.

The BBBEE Act 46 of 2013. Government Printer.

DTI, 2008. Verification of and Reporting on Broad-Based Black Economic

Empowerment in Terms of the Codes of Good Practice: Verification Manual.

Government Gazette. No. 31255.

Dube, F. C. 2013. The Zimbabwe‘s Indigenisation Policy. The process, benefits

and challenges. ICAZ Winter School 2013. Victoria Falls. Available:

https://www.icaz.org.zw/iMISDocs/indigenise.pdf [2015 August 22].

Duffett, R. G., Van der Heever I. C. & Bell D. 2009. Black economic empowerment

progress in the advertising industry in Cape Town: Challenges and benefits.

Southern African Business Review Volume 13 Number 3:87-122.

Dumlao-Abadilla, D. (2017). Free land no cure for PH rural poverty. Available:

http://business.inquirer.net/229838/free-land-no-cure-rural-poverty-economists.

Accessed [2017 September 9].

DWAF, 2005. Draft Key Issue Paper on Forestry and Poverty in South Africa. DWAF.

Easterby-Smith, M., Thorpe, R. & Jackson, P.R. 2008. Management Research. 3rd

edition. London: Sage.

Easterby-Smith, M., Thorpe, R. & Lowe, A. 2002. Management Research an

Introduction. Thousand Oaks: Sage.

Elezi, G. 2013. Beyond top-down and bottom-up approaches: explaining Policy

Implementation in the EU Accession Process [Lecture]. Loughborough. July 8-9.

Elmore, R.F. 1980. Backward mapping: Implementation research and policy decisions.

Political Science Quarterly. 94 (4): 601–16.

Page 239: A CRITICAL REVIEW OF BROAD BASED BLACK ECONOMIC

220

Elmore, R.F. 1983. Social policymaking as strategic intervention. In Handbook of Social

Intervention. E. Seidman. Ed. Beverly Hills: Sage. pp. 212–36.

Elo, S. & Kynga, H. 2008. The qualitative content analysis process. Journal of

Advanced Nursing. 62(1), 107–115

Employment Equity Act, No. 55 Of 1998. Available: www.labour.gov.za. [2016 March 4]

Empowerdex, 2005. The Effects of Black Economic Empowerment (BEE) on Foreign

Direct Investment (FDI). Empowerdex.

Empowerdex, 2007. An empowerdex guide: the codes of good practice for qualifying

small enterprises. Johannesburg: Empowerdex.

Empowerdex. 2008a. JSE Black directorship analysis. Business Times: Trailblazers,

September 28: 7.

Empowerdex, 2012. Trailblazers 2012 report. Available: www.empowerdex.com/news.

[2016 January 29].

Emsley, C. 1996. The English police: A political and social history. Harlow:

Longman.

Etikan, I., Musa, S.A., & Alkassim, R. S. 2016. Comparison of Convenience Sampling

and Purposive Sampling. American Journal of Theoretical and Applied Statistics.

Vol. 5, No. 1: 1-4.

Faaland, J.; Parkinson, J. R. & Saniman, R.1990. Growth and Ethnic Inequality:

Malaysia's New Economic Policy. London: Hurst & Company.

Fallon, P. & Lucas, R. 1998. Discussion paper on South African Labor Markets

Adjustment and Inequalities. World Bank, Washington, D.C.

Fauconnier, A. & Mathur-Helm, B. 2008. Black economic empowerment in the South

Page 240: A CRITICAL REVIEW OF BROAD BASED BLACK ECONOMIC

221

African mining industry: A case study of Exxaro Ltd. South African Journal of

Business Management. 39(4): 1–14.

Farreira, P. H & de Villiers, C. 2012. The association between South African listed

companies‘ BEE scores and market performance: an introductory study.

University of Pretoria.

Fiorino, D.J. 1997. Strategies for regulatory reform: Forward compared to backward

mapping. Policy Studies Journal. 25 (2): 249–65.

Fischer, F. 1995. Evaluating Public Policy. Chicago: Nelson-Hall.

Fisher, K. 2002. Participatory Forest Management – Policy & Practice in South Africa.

Department of Water Affairs and Forestry, South Africa.

Fonchingong, C. C & Fonjong, L. N, 2003. The Concept of Self-Reliance In

Community Development Initiatives in the Cameroon Grassfields. Nordic Journal

of African Studies 12(2): 196–219.

Forest Sector Code, No. 32320 of 2009. 2009. Government Gazette. The BBBEE Act

53 of 2003. Government Printer.

Freeman, M. & Allen, J. 2015. Ecologically Sustainable Forest Management. Plan

Working Plan Version 1.0. VicForest.

Gasson, S. 2004. Rigor in grounded theory research: An interpretive perspective on

generating theory from qualitative field studies. In The handbook of information

systems research M. E. Whitman & A. B. Woszczynski. Eds. Hershey, PA: Idea

Group. 79–102.

Gaza, C. 2012. How to fix SA‘s education system. Available: http://www.news24.com

/MyNews24/How-to-fix-SAs-education-system-20121106 [2016 February 7].

Page 241: A CRITICAL REVIEW OF BROAD BASED BLACK ECONOMIC

222

Gelb, S. 1991. South Africa's Economic Crisis. Cape Town: David Philip Publishers.

Geva-May, I. 2004. Riding the Wave of Opportunity: Termination in Public Policy.

Journal of Public Administration Research and Theory.14(3): 309–333.

Giliomee, H. 2003. The Afrikaners: Bibliography of a People. Cape Town Tafelberg

Publishers.

Giliomee, H. 2008. Ethnic Business and Economic Empowerment: The Afrikaner

case,1915-1970. South African journal of Economics. Vol 76:4

Gildenhuys, J.S.H. 2002. Public financial management. Pretoria: Van Schaik.

Goggin, M.L., Bowman, A.O.M., Lester, J.P., & O‟Toole, L.J. Jr. 1990. Implementation

Theory and Practice. Toward a Third Generation. New York: Harper Collins.

Gomez, E. D. T. & Jomo, K. S. 1997 Malaysia‘s Political Economy: Politics,

Patronage & Profits. Cambridge: Cambridge University Press.

Gomez, E. T., & Edmund, T. 1994. Political business: Corporate involvement of

Malaysian political parties. Brisbane, Centre for South East Asian

Studies: James Cook University.

Gomez, E. T. 1996. Changing ownership patterns, patronage

and the NEP in Malaysia. Pandangan Kritis, 132-154.

Gqubule, D. 2015. Reports of black share ownership on the JSE have been

exaggerated. Available: http://www.bdlive.co.za/business/management

/2015/03/11/ [2017 April 6].

Gqubule, D. 2006b. A Brief History of Black Participation in the Economy of South Africa

before1994. In Making Mistakes, Righting Wrongs: Insights into Black Economic

Empowerment. D. Qqubule. Ed. Jonathan Ball: 39-81

Page 242: A CRITICAL REVIEW OF BROAD BASED BLACK ECONOMIC

223

Gqubule, D. 2006c. A Brief History of Black Participation in the Economy of South Africa

before1994. In Making Mistakes, Righting Wrongs: Insights into Black Economic

Empowerment. D. Qqubule. Ed. Jonathan Ball: 82-102

Gray, D. E. 2004. Doing Research in the Real World. London: SAGE Publications.

Grin, J. & Loeber, A. 2008. Theories of Policy Learning: Agency, Structure, and

Change. In In Handbook of Public Policy Analysis, Theory, Politics, and

Methods. F. Fischer, G.J. Miller & M. S. Sidney. Eds. New York. CRC Press.

201-219.

Grin, J., Hoppe, R. & Van de Graaf, H.1997. Towards a Theory of the Policy Process:

Making the ACF More Ambitious, Encompassing and Simpler to Apply [Lecture].

Polybios. Amsterdam. 4 February.

Guba, E. G., & Lincoln, Y. S. 1989. Fourth generation evaluation. Newbury Park:

Sage.

Guba, E. G., & Lincoln, Y. S. 1994. Competing paradigms in qualitative research. In

Handbook of qualitative research. N. K. Denzin & Y. S. Lincoln. Eds. Thousand

Oaks, CA: Sage.

Guest, R. 2004. The Shackled Continent: Power, Corruption, and African Lives.

Smithsonian Books. Washington.

Gunawan, J. 2015. Ensuring Trustworthiness in Qualitative Research. Belitung Nursing

Journal. Vol.1(1):10-11

Gyedye, L. 2015. Govt supplier database a blow to corruption. Available

http://mg.co.za/article/2015-03-05-govt-supplier-database-a-blow-to-corruption.

[2016 February 4]

Page 243: A CRITICAL REVIEW OF BROAD BASED BLACK ECONOMIC

224

Hamati-Ataya, I. 2014. Transcending Objectivism, Subjectivism, and the Knowledge In-

Between: The Subject in/of Strong Reflexivity. Review of International Studies.

40(1):153-175.

Happer, T. N. 1999. The End of Empire and the Making of Malaya. Cambridge:

Cambridge University Press.

Hassan N, Lucket, D & Ismail, A. (2014). BEE update. Available

https://www.ensafrica.com/news/BEEupdate?Id=1298&STitle=Corporate%20Co

mmercial%20newsflash. [2016 March 18]

Hatch, M. J. & Cunliffe, A. L. 2006. Organization Theory. 2nd edition. Oxford University

Press. Oxford.

Hay, C. 2002. Political analysis: a critical introduction. Basingstoke: Palgrave.

Healey, M.J. & Rawlinson, M.B. 1994. Interviewing techniques in business and

management. Aldershot. Dartmouth.

Hood, C. 2002. The Risk Game and the Blame Game. Government and Opposition.

37(1): 15–37.

Hill, M., & Hupe, P. 2002. Implementing Public Policy. Governance in Theory and in

Practice. London: Sage.

Hirsch, A. 2005. Season of hope: Economic reform under Mandela and Mbeki.

University of Kwazulu-Natal Press.

Hirschman, C. 1979. Political Independence and Educational Opportunity in

Peninsula Malaysia. Sociology of Education, Vol. 52.

Hoffman, E. A. 2008. A wolf in sheep‟s clothing: Discrimination against the Majority

Undermines Equality, while Continuing to Benefit few under the guise of Black

Page 244: A CRITICAL REVIEW OF BROAD BASED BLACK ECONOMIC

225

Economic Empowerment. Syracuse Journal of International Law and Commerce

36(1): 87-116.

Hoffman, P. 2008. BEE vs Equality: people risk. Enterprise Risk. 2(4): 10–11.

Ho, D. 2006. The focus group interview: Rising the challenge in qualitative research

methodology. Australian Review of Applied Linguistics. 29(1): 5. 1-19.

Hogwood, B.W.& Gunn, L. 1984. Policy Analysis for the Real World. Oxford: Oxford

University Press.

Hood, C. 2002. The Risk Game and the Blame Game. Government and Opposition.

37(1): 15–37.

Howlett, M. & Ramesh, M. 2003. Studying Public Policy. Policy Cycles and Policy

Subsystems. 2nd Edition. Oxford: Oxford University Press.

Hudson, J. R. 2006. User outcomes and children's services reforms: ambiguity and

conflict in the policy implementation process. Social policy and society.5 (2):

227-236.

Hughes, J. & Sharrock, W. 1997. The Philosophy of Social Research. London:

Routledge.

Hussey, J. & Hussey, R. 1997. Business research: a practical guide for

undergraduate and postgraduate students. Basingstoke: Macmillan.

Iheduru, O. C. 2004. Black economic power and nation-building in post-apartheid

South Africa. Journal of Modern African Studies 42(1): 1-30.

Ikechukwu, U. B. & Chukwuemeka E.O. 2013. The Obstacles to Effective Policy

Implementation by the Public Bureaucracy In Developing Nations: The Case Of

Page 245: A CRITICAL REVIEW OF BROAD BASED BLACK ECONOMIC

226

Nigeria. Kuwait Chapter of Arabian Journal of Business and Management

Review. Vol. 2, No.7. 59-68.

Ikelegbe, A. 2006. Public Policy Analysis: Concepts, Issues and Cases. Lagos: Imprint

Services.

Imurana, B. A., Haruna, R. K. & Kofi, A. B. N. 2014. The Politics of Public Policy and

Problems of Implementation in Africa: An Appraisal of Ghana‟s National Health

Insurance Scheme in Ga East District. International Journal of Humanities and

Social Science. Vol. 4 No. 4: 196-207

Innes, D. 2007. History and structure of the South African economy. In Visions of

Economic Empowerment. G. Marcus, X. Mangcu K. Shubane & A. Hadlands.

Eds. Cape Town. Jacana Press: 49-73

International Labour Office, 1966. Policy Statements and Reports concerning

―Apartheid‖ in Labour Matters in the Republic of South Africa. International

Labour Office, Geneva.

Isaacs, D. N. 2006. Evaluating Local Economic Development in the City of Cape Town.

Master Thesis. University of Stellenbosch.

ITTO, 2018. Sustainable Forest Management. Available

http://www.itto.int/sustainable_forest_management/ [Accessed: 13 February,

2018].

Jack, V. 2006. Unpacking the different waves of BEE. New Agenda. South African

Journal of Social and Economic Policy. 22: 19–23.

Jack, V. 2007. Broad-based BEE — The Complete Guide. Northcliff: Frontrunner

Publishing (Pty) Ltd.

Page 246: A CRITICAL REVIEW OF BROAD BASED BLACK ECONOMIC

227

Jack, V. & Harris, K. 2006. Broad based BEE: The complete guide. 1st edition. North

Cliff, Johannesburg: Frontrunner Publishing.

Jann, W. & Wegrich, K. 2008. Theories of the Policy Cycle. In Handbook of Public

Policy Analysis Theory, Politics, and Methods. F. Fischer, G. J. Miller, & M. S.

Sidney. Eds. Taylor & Francis Group, LLC. 43-62.

Jeffery, A. 2014. BEE: helping or hurting. Cape Town. Tafelberg Publishers Ltd.

Jeffery, A. 2010. Chasing the rainbow: South Africa‘s move from Mandela to Zuma.

Johannesburg. South Africa Institute of Race Relations,.

Johnson, R. W. 2009. South Africa‘s Brave New World. The Beloved Country since the

End of Apartheid. London. Allen Lane.

Kaimowitz, D. 2003. Not by bread alone … Forests and rural livelihoods in sub-Saharan

Africa. In T. Oksanen, B. Pajari, & T. Tuomasjakka. 2003. eds. Forests in

poverty reduction strategies: capturing the potential. European Forest Institute,

Torikatu. pp. 45-63.

Keal, D. 2008. An Investigation of Changing Socioeconomic Conditions, Opportunities

and Development Interventions in small Eastern Cape Towns in South Africa.

Master Dissertation. Rhodes University.

Kearney, B. & O‟Connor, R. 1993. The Impact of Forestry on Rural Communities. A

report prepared for the Forest Service, Coillte Teoranta and the Irish Timber

Growers Association. The Economic and Social Research Institute, 4 Burlington

Road, Dublin 4.

Khan, M. H., 2002, When is Economic Growth Pro-poor? Experiences in

Malaysia and Pakistan [Working Paper]. IMF, Washington.

Page 247: A CRITICAL REVIEW OF BROAD BASED BLACK ECONOMIC

228

Khoo, B. T. 1995. Paradoxes of Mahathirism: An Intellectual Biography of

Mahathir Mohamad. Kuala Lumpur: Oxford University Press.

Khumalo, A. 2015. Once Empowered, Always Empowered Rings Untrue. Available

http://andilekhumalo.blogspot.co.za/2015/12/once-empowered-always-

empowered-rings.html [2016 February 4]

King, N. 2004. Using interviews in qualitative research. Longon. Sage.

Kingdon, J.W. 1995. Agenda, Alternatives, and Public Policies. 2nd Edition. New York:

Harper Collins College Publishers.

Kleynhans, E.P.J. & Kruger, M.C., 2014. Effect of Black Economic Empowerment on

Profit and Competitiveness of Firms in South Africa. Acta Commercii 14(1): 200-

210

Koppelmann, U. 2008. Procurement marketing: strategic concepts. Berlin: Springer.

Kovacs, A. 2004. Enhancing Procurement Practices. Boston: Kluwer Academic.

KPMG, 2014. BEE Coming of Age 2013 BEE Survey. Available: www.kpmg.co.za [2016

March 17]

KPMG, 2013. Shifting the BEE landscape 2012 BEE Survey.Available:www.kpmg.co.za

[2016 March 17]

Kruger, L. P. 2011. The impact of black economic empowerment (BEE) on South

African businesses: Focusing on ten dimensions of business performance.

Southern African Business Review. Volume 15 No. 3:207-233

Kumar, P. 2012. Reviewing Literature. Available at

https://www.researchgate.net/file.PostFileLoader.html?id...assetKey. Assessed

[2017 February 25]

Page 248: A CRITICAL REVIEW OF BROAD BASED BLACK ECONOMIC

229

Kvale, D. 1996. Interviews. London: SAGE Publications.

Labourguide, 2017. Minimum wages for Employees in the Farm and Forestry Workers

Sectors. Available: www.labourguide.co.za/workshop/1283-2017-minimum-

wages-for-employees-in-the-farm-and-forestry-workers-sectors/file. Accessed

[2018/02/18].

Landsberg, T. 2013. Black Ownership. Available:

http://www.seesa.co.za/posts-bee/black-ownership.html/. [2015 January 22]

Lasswell, H.D. 1956. The Decision Process: Seven Categories of Functional Analysis.

College Park: University of Maryland Press.

Lee, M. N. N. 1999. Education in Malaysia: Towards Vision 2020. School

Effectiveness and School Improvement, Vol. 10, No.1.

Lee, H. A. 2004. Development in Malaysia: Economics and Politics of an Idea.

Akademika, Vol. 64: 65-81.

Legard, R., Keegan, J. & Ward,K. 2013. In-depth Interviews. . In Qualitative

Research Practice: a Guide for Social Science Researchers and Students.J,

Ritchie, J. & Lewis, eds.,SAGE Publications Ltd. London. pp.139-169.

Lemieux, V. 2002. L'étude des politiques publiques. Québec. Presses de l'Université

Laval.

Le Roux P. & Nortje F. 2015. Bee Vs Your Business. How will the new BEE

Codes influence my business and the economy? Available:

www.afribusiness.co.za. [2015, September 19].

Li, P. & Zhu, K. 2007. A legal Review and Analysis of China‘s Forest Tenure System

with an Emphasis on Collective Forest Land. Rural Development Institute,

Page 249: A CRITICAL REVIEW OF BROAD BASED BLACK ECONOMIC

230

Beijing/Rights and Resources Initiative. Washington D.C.

Liedl, C. 2011.Top-down vs. Bottom-up: Does a top-down approach bear more

advantages than a bottom-up approach within the implementation process of

housing security projects? University Thesis. Universiteit Twente

Lim, M. H. 1985. Contradictions in the Development of Malay Capital: State

Accumulation and Legitimation. Journal of Contemporary Asia 15(1): 37-

63.

Lincoln, Y. S., & Guba, E. G. 2000. Paradigmatic controversies, contradictions, and

emerging confluences. In Handbook of qualitative research. N. K. Denzin, &

Denzin, Y. S. Denzin. Eds. 2nd edition. Thousand Oaks, CA: Sage.

Lincoln, Y.S. & Guba, E.G. 1985. Naturalistic inquiry. Newbury Park, CA: Sage.

Lipton, M. 1986. Capitalism and Apartheid: South Africa, 1910–1986. Aldershot:

Wildwood Houseand Cape Town: David Philip.

Lipsky, M. 1971. Street-level bureaucracy and the analysis of urban reform.

Urban Affairs Quarterly. Vol 6: 391–409.

Lipsky, M. 1980. Street-Level Bureaucracy: Dilemmas of the Individual in Public

Services. New York: Russell Sage Foundation.

Loubser, R. 2011. Black South Africans own at least 28% of available shares on JSE.

Available: www.moneyweb.co.za. [2016 January 20]

Loubser, R. 2010. Black South Africans own at least 28% of available shares on JSE.

Available: www.politicsweb.co.za. [2016 January 22]

Machinya, J. 2014. The Role of the Indigenisation Policy in Community Development:

A Case of the Zvishavane Community Share Ownership Trust, Zvishavane

Page 250: A CRITICAL REVIEW OF BROAD BASED BLACK ECONOMIC

231

District, Zimbabwe. Masters Dissertation. University of Witwatersrand,

Johannesburg, South Africa.

Majam, T. & Theron, F. 2006. The purpose and relevance of scientific literature review:

A holistic approach to research. Journal of Public Administration. Vol. 41 No. 3.1,

October. 603-615.

Makatile, D. 2015. Poor workmanship halts housing delivery. Available:

http://www.iol.co.za/news/politics/poor-workmanship-halts-housing-delivery-

1859513. [2016 March 16]

Makinde, T. 2005. Problems of Policy Implementation in Developing Nations:

The Nigerian Experience. Journal of Social Sciences. 11(1): 63-69

Malaysia, 2010c. Tenth Malaysia Plan 2011-2015. Putrajaya: The Economic

Planning Unit.

Malaysia, 1991. Second Outline Perspective Plan 1991-2000. Government

Printers, Kuala Lumpur.

Malaysia, 1996. Seventh Malaysia Plan:1996-2000. Government Printers, Kuala

Lumpur.

Malefane, S.R. 2009. Structuring South African Municipalities for effective Local

Economic Development (LED) implementation. Journal of Public Administration,

44(1):166-179.

Mamphele, R. 2013. Oliver Reginald Tambo [Lecture]. Georgetown University,

Washington DC.

Manbanga, T. 2007. Too Coloured for BEE. Business Times.13 May: 13

Mandla, B. 2006. BEE And Malaysia‟s NEP: A Comparative Study. Master

Page 251: A CRITICAL REVIEW OF BROAD BASED BLACK ECONOMIC

232

Thesis. University of Stellenbosch.

Manjengwa, J .2013. Zimbabwe Takes Back its Land: Is This the „best use‟of the Land?

[Lecture]. Cape Town. March 24-27.

Mann, S. 2012. Forest Protection and Sustainable Forest Management in Germany and

the P.R. China: A Comparative Assessment . Federal Agency for Nature

Conservation, Germany.

Marsh, D. &Furlong, E. 2002. Ontology and Epistemology in Political Science. In

Theory and Methods in Political Science. D. Marsh, & S. Gerry. Eds., 2nd Edition.

Basingstoke: Palgrave.

Maseko, S. 2007. Economic empowerment in the Eastern Cape. In Visions of Economic

Empowerment. G. Marcus, X. Mangcu, K. Shubane & A. Hadlands. Eds. Cape

Town. Jacana Press: 38-48.

Masombuka, T. 2015. No place for ‗Always Empowered‘ in BBBEE. Available:

http://www.iol.co.za/business/opinion/no-place-for-always-empowered-in-bbbee-

1.1862391. [2016 January 21]

Mathe, H. 2008. BEE Economics and its influence on growth of the new South

Africa. Available: exxaro.com/pdf/july_presentation.pdf. [2015, September 17]

Matland, R. E. 1995. Synthesizing the Implementation Literature: The Ambiguity-Conflict

Model of Policy Implementation. Journal of Public Administration Research and

Theory. Vol. 5, No. 2:145-174.

Maxwell, J. A. 2011. Epistemological Heuristics for Qualitative Research. In

Epistemologies for Qualitative Research. H. Soini, E. L. Kronqvist & G. L. Huber

.Eds. Qualitative Psychology Nexus. Vol. 8: 9-26.

Page 252: A CRITICAL REVIEW OF BROAD BASED BLACK ECONOMIC

233

Mbaye, H. A. 2003. Compliance in the European Union: Administrative and Judicial

Phase Policy Implementation Barriers, 1960 to 1999. European Consortium for

Political Research Conference.11-17 March, 2003. Marburg. 1-27

McConnel, A. 2010. Policy Success, Policy Failure and Grey Areas In-Between.

Journal of Public Policy. 30 (3):345- 362

McCourt, W. 2003. Political commitment to reform: civil service reform in Swaziland.

World Development. 31(6):1015-1031.

McDonald, D. 2015. Commission to police BEE fronting. Available:

http://www.fin24.com/Economy/Commission-to-police-BEE-fronting-20150812.

[2016 March 11].

Megie, A. 2004. Mise en oeuvre. In Dictionnaire des politiques publiques. L.

Boussaguet, S. Jacquot & P. Ravinet. Eds. Paris: Presses de la Fondation

nationale des sciences politiques: 283-289.

Memon, M., & Wheeler, A. E. 2000. Improving Schools through Educational Leadership

Programmes in Pakistan [Lecture]. Paper presented at the 13th International

Congress for School Effectiveness and Improvement: Global Networking for

Quality Education, Hong Kong. January 4-8.

Meynhardt, T. 2009. Public Value: Organisationen machen Gesellschaft.

In: OrganisationsEntwicklung. Zeitschrift für Unternehmensentwicklung und

Change Management 2013. Nr. 4: 4-7.

Milazi, M. 2008b. Self-defeating attitudes. Business Times: Trailblazers. 28

September: 8

Moeti, K., Khalo, T., Mafunisa, J., Nsingo, S. & Makondo, T. 2007. Public finance

Page 253: A CRITICAL REVIEW OF BROAD BASED BLACK ECONOMIC

234

fundamentals. Cape Town: Juta.

Mogototoane, R. 2012. Factors affecting the Success of Broad-Based Black Economic

Empowerment Mergers and Acquisitions. MBA Dissertation. Gordon Institute of

Business Science, University of Pretoria. Pretoria.

Mohr, P., Fourie, L. & Associates. 2010. Economics for South African Students. 4th

edition. Hartfield, Pretoria. Van Schaik Publishers.

Mokgalapa, S. 2012. Quality of RDP housing remains poor. Available:

http://www.politicsweb.co.za /news-and-analysis/quality-of-rdp-housing-remains-

poor. [2016 February 12]

Mokhtar, K. S., Reen, C. A. & Singh, P. S. J. 2013. The New Economic Policy

(1970 – 1990) in Malaysia: The Economic and Political Perspectives.

GSTF International Journal on Media & Communications(JMC) Vol.1

No.1:12-17.

Monette, D.R., Sullivan, T.J & DeJong C.R. 2002. Applied Social Research. Orlando,

FLA: Harcourt Press.

Moore, M. 1995. Creating Public Value: Strategic Management in Government.

Cambridge, MA: Harvard University Press.

Morgan,G. & Smircich, L. 1980. The Case for Qualitative Research. The Academy

Journal of Management Review. 5(4): 491–500.

Moriarty, J. 2011. Qualitative Methods Overview. Improving the Evidence base for

Social Care Practice. Available: www.kcl.ac.uk/sspp/policyinstitute/scwru/...

/moriarty2011qualitativemethods.pdf [ 2017, February, 12].

Moyo, S. H. 2009. The impact of Broad-Based Black Economic Empowerment

Page 254: A CRITICAL REVIEW OF BROAD BASED BLACK ECONOMIC

235

(BBBEE) on small enterprises. MBA dissertation. North-West University.

Moyo, S. 2005.Land Policy, Poverty Reduction and Public Action in Zimbabwe

[Lecture]. Hague. 19 February.

Mouton, J. 1996. Understanding Social Research. Pretoria: Van Schaik Publishers.

M‟paradzi, A. S. 2007. Bee – Basis, Evolution, Evaluation: A Critical Appraisal of Black

Economic Empowerment in South Africa. University of Cape Town.

Munyedza, P. 2011. The Impact of the Indigenous Economic Empowerment Act of

Zimbabwe on the Financial Performance of Listed Securities. Business and

Economics Journal, Volume BEJ-37:1-14

Munzara, A. T. 2015. The Consequences of Implementing the Indigenisation and

Economic Empowerment Policy Framework on the Banking Sector in Zimbabwe.

IOSR Journal of Business and Management (IOSR-JBM). Volume 17(11): 55-57

Mwatwara, W. 2013. The Politics of Land Reform: A Comparative Study of South Africa

and Zimbabwe in the Post 1994 Era [Lecture]. Cape Town. 24-27 March.

Myburgh, J. 2012. Reversing South Africa‘s Decline. Available: www.politicsweb.co.za.

[2016 March 12].

Nabatchi, T. 2012. Four Frames for Understanding Public Values in Administration and

Governance [Lecture]. Maxwell School of Citizenship & Public Affairs: Syracuse

University.

Naidoo, G. 2012. Implementation of E-government in South Africa - successes and

challenges: the way forward. International Journal of Advances in Computing

and Management, 1(1): pp. 62-66.

Najam, A. 1995. Science for Global Insight. Available:

Page 255: A CRITICAL REVIEW OF BROAD BASED BLACK ECONOMIC

236

http://www.iiasa.ac.at/Admin/PUB/Documents/WP-95-061.pdf [2016 July 24]

Nel, E.L & McQuaid, R. W. 2002. The Evolution of Local Economic Development in

South Africa– The Case of Stutterheim and Social Capital. Available at

http://journals.sagepub.com/doi/abs/10.1177/0891242402016001007. Accessed

[2016, September 7].

Nel, E., & Binns, T. 2001. Initiating „developmental local government‟ in South

Africa: Evolving local economic development policy. Regional Studies, 35(4),

355 – 370.

Nel, E. L., 2001: Local economic development: A review and assessment of its current

status in South Africa, Urban Studies, 38(7), 1003 – 1024.

Neuman, W.L. 1997. Social Research Methods: Qualitative and Quantitative

Approaches. 3rd edition. Boston: Allyn and Bacon.

Newton-King, N. 2012. Black South Africans own at least 21%of Top 100 Companies

– JSE. Available: http://www.politicsweb.co.za/news-and-analysis/black-south-

africans-own-at-least-21of-top-100-com. [2016 January 22]

Ngcukaitobi, T. 2010. No empowerment without skills. In Introduction to the Bowman

Gilfillan BEE guide. E. Davids. Ed. Bowman Gilfillan Attorneys: 37-40.

Ngobeni, S. 2011. An analysis of the tender process in national government in South

Africa. Master‟s Degree. North West University.

Ngwenya, S. F. 2007. Successes and Failures Of BBBEE – A Critical Assessment.

Master of Business Administration Dissertation. Stellenbosch University.

Nieblein, E. 1985. Forstpolitik – ein Grundriß sektoraler Politik. Paul Parey,

Hamburg/Berlin.

Page 256: A CRITICAL REVIEW OF BROAD BASED BLACK ECONOMIC

237

Njaya ,T & Mazuru N. 2010. Land Reform Process and Property Rights in Zimbabwe:

Constraints and Future Prospects 1980-2002. Journal of Sustainable

Development in Africa.12(4),1-22.

Nortje, A. 1985. The origins of Apartheid‘ in La Guma Apartheid: A Collection of

Writings on South African Racism. New York. South Africans International

Publishers.

Nyathi, T. 2013. An analysis of the implementation of the Indigenization Economic

Empowerment policy in Zimbabwe. Masters Dissertation. University of Fort

Hare, Alice, South Africa.

Nussbaum, B. 1997. Making a Difference: Reconciliation, Reconstruction and

Development in Stutterheim, Vivlia, Florida Hills.

Olawale, F., & Garwe, D. 2010. Obstacles to the growth of new SMEs in South Africa:

A Principal Component Analysis. African Journal of Business Management, 4(5),

729-738.

Omarjee, L. 2017. More than 50% of SA‘s population is living in poverty. Available:

http://www.fin24.com/Economy/more-than-50-of-sas-population-is-living-in-

poverty-20170822 [2017 September 8]

Oosthuizen, H. 2015. The development of black industrialists in South Africa. Available:

http://www.usb-ed.com/content/Pages/The-development-of-black- industrialists-

in-South-Africa.aspx. [2016 February 23]

O'Regan, C. 1999. Addressing the Legacy of the Past: Equality in the South African

Constitution. In Non-Discrimination Law: Comparative Perspectives. T. Loenen &

P. Rodrigues Eds. Kluwer Law International: 13-23

Page 257: A CRITICAL REVIEW OF BROAD BASED BLACK ECONOMIC

238

O‟Toole, L.J. 2000. Research on Policy Implementation. Assessment and Prospects.

Journal of Public Administration Research and Theory, 19(2): 263–288.

Ozor, E. 2004. Public Enterprises in Nigeria: A study in Public Policy Making in

Changing Political Economy. Ibadan: University Press Plc.

Pancawati, S. 2013. Improving Service Quality of Public Housing

(Case Study of Rusunawa Implementation Program in Kudus, Central Java,

Indonesia). Masters Thesis. Asia Pacific University.

Parker,G. D. 2004. The Challenge of Sustainable Land-Based Local Economic

Development in Poor Communities of South Africa: The Case Of Groblershoop,

Northern Cape. Master thesis. University of the Western Cape.

Paudel, N. R. 2009. A Critical Account of Policy Implementation Theories: Status and

Reconsideration. Nepalese Journal of Public Policy and Governance. Vol. xxv.

No.2:36-54.

Peires, J. 2007. Economic empowerment in the Eastern Cape. In Visions of Economic

Empowerment. G. Marcus, X. Mangcu K. Shubane & A. Hadlands. Eds. Cape

Town. Jacana Press: 38-48.

Piet, S. M. 2011. The Impact of Local Economic Development on the Livelihood of

Communities in Ba-Phalaborwa Municipality, Mopani, Limpopo Province, South

Africa. Master thesis. University of Limpopo, Turfloop.

Powell, C. J & Sedunary, D. N. 2013. Development of a threatened fauna management

framework across Victoria's state forests. Australian Forestry, 76(1): 10-15.

Price, D.T. & Isaac K.J. 2012. Adapting sustainable forest management to climate

Page 258: A CRITICAL REVIEW OF BROAD BASED BLACK ECONOMIC

239

change: scenarios for vulnerability assessment. Can. Counc. For. Minist.,

Ottawa, ON.

Pressman, J.L. & Wildavsky, A. 1984. Implementation. 3rd edition. Berkeley.

University of California Press.

Pressman, J.L. & Wildavsky, A. 1973. Implementation. Barkley and Los angeles:

University of California Press.

Pretorius, J. L., Klinck, M. E. & Ngwena, C. G. 2001. Employment equity law.

Durban: Butterworths Lexisnexis.

Pulzl, H. & Treib, O. 2006. Implementing Public Policy. In Handbook of Public Policy

Analysis, Theory, Politics, and Methods. F. Fischer, G.J. Miller & M. S. Sidney.

Eds. New York. CRC Press. 89-109.

Ralph, A. S. 2005. Government intervention in the Malaysian economy, 1970-

1990: Lessons for South Africa. Master‟s thesis. University of the Western

Cape.

Randall, B. R. 1985. Policy Analysis in Political Science. Chicago: Nelson Hall.

Remenyi, D., Williams, B., Money, A., & Swartz, E. 1998. Doing Research in Business

and Management: An Introduction to Process and Method. London. Sage.

Ritchie, J., Lewis, J., Nicholls, M. C., & Ormston, R. 2013. Qualitative Research

Practice: A Guide For Social Science Students And Researchers. Los Angeles:

Sage.

Ritchie, J, Lewis, J & Elam, G. 2003. Designing and Selecting Samples. . In Qualitative

Research Practice: a Guide for Social Science Researchers and Students.J,

Ritchie, & J. Lewis. Eds. SAGE Publications Ltd. London. 77-104.

Page 259: A CRITICAL REVIEW OF BROAD BASED BLACK ECONOMIC

240

Robson, C. 2002. Real World Research. 2nd edition. Oxford: Blackwell.

Rogerson, C. M. 2008. Tracking SMME Development in South Africa: Issues of

Finance, Training and the Regulatory Environment. Urban Forum(19):61-81.

Rogerson, C.M. 1999: Local economic development and urban poverty alleviation: The

experience of post-Apartheid South Africa, Habitat Intl. 23(4): 511 – 534.

Sabatier, P. & Weible, C. M. 2012. TheAdvocacy Coalition Framework: Innovations and

Clarifications. Available: http://collectivememory.fsv.cuni.cz/CVKP-29-version1-

priloha_2_FF.pdf. Accessed [2016, August 7]

Sabatier, P. A.1999. The Need for Better Theories. In Theories of the Policy Process.

P.A. Sabatier. Ed. Westview: Boulder Co. 3–17.

Sabatier, P.A., & Jenkins-Smith, H.1999. The Advocacy Coalition Framework: An

Assessment. In Theories of the Policy Process. P. Sabatier. Ed. Boulder CO:

Westview Press. 117-166.

Sabatier, P.A., & Jenkins-Smith, H. Eds.1993. Policy change and learning: an advocacy

coalition approach. Boulder Co: Westview.

Sabatier, P.A.1986. Top-down and bottom-up approaches to implementation

Research: A critical analysis and suggested synthesis. Journal of Public Policy.

6 (1): 21–48.

Sabatier, P.A. & Mazmanian, D.A. 1980.The implementation of public policy:

A framework of analysis. Policy Studies Journal. Vol. 8 (special issue): 538–60.

Sachikonye, L. 2005. From Growth with Equity to Fast Track reform in Zimbabwe:

Zimbabwe‟s land question. Review of African Political Economy , 30 (9), 227-

240.

Page 260: A CRITICAL REVIEW OF BROAD BASED BLACK ECONOMIC

241

Saunders, M.N., Lewis, P. & Thornhill, A. 2009. Research Methods for Business

Students. 5th edition. England: Pearson Education Ltd.

Savard, J. F. & Banville, R. 2012. Policy Cycles. In Encyclopedic Dictionary of Public

Administration. L. Côté & J. F. Savard. Eds. Available:

www.dictionnaire.enap.ca [2016, June 30]

SA Yearbook. 2011. Government Communications and Information System.

http://www.gcis.gov.za/resource_centre/sa_info/yearbook/index.html. [2016

February 16]

Schirmer, J., Mylek, M. & Morison, J. 2013. Socio-economic characteristics of Victoria‟s

forest industries 2009-2012 (draft). Report prepared for the Victorian Department

of Environment and Primary Industries.

Schirmer J. 2010. Socio-economic characteristics of Victoria‟s Forestry Industries,

Report prepared by the Fenner School of Environment and Society for the

Victorian Department of Primary Industries.

Scholtz, W. 2007. BEE Service Empowermentor. Butterworths LexisNexis.

Searl, P. 1999. The Riddle of the Malaysian Capitalism: Rent-seekers or real

capitalists? Allen & Unwin: Press Honolulu.

Sebati, N. 2015. BBBEE Fronting.Available:

http://www.enterprisesupplierdevelopment.co.za/bbbee-fronting/. [2016 March

18]

Sen, G. 1997. Empowerment as an Approach to Poverty. Background paper to the

Human Development Report. Indian Institute of Management. Bannerghatta

Road, Bangalore 560 076.

Page 261: A CRITICAL REVIEW OF BROAD BASED BLACK ECONOMIC

242

Shackleton, C.M. 2004. Assessment of the livelihoods importance of forestry and

forests in South Africa. Rhodes University for the DWAF WFSP Forestry

Programme.

Shenton, A. K. 2004. Strategies for ensuring trustworthiness in qualitative research

projects. Education for Information 22: 63–75 63.

Shubane, K. & Reddy, C. 2005. BEE 2005: Behind The Deals. Business Map

Foundation: Economic Transformation & Empowerment. Available:

http://www.transformationaudit.org.za/research-database/civil-

society/advocacyorganisations/2000-2006/beefinal/ [2015 March 17]

Shumba, B. M. 2014. An Evaluation of Indigenisation Policy in Zimbabwe. Masters

Degree. University of Kwazulu-Natal, Durban.

Sibanda, A. 2013. Striving for Broad Based Economic Empowerment in Zimbabwe

Localisation of policy and programmes to Matebeleland and Midlands Provinces

[Lecture]. 7 February

Sibanyoni, M. 2010. Black directors arrive on JSE. Available:

http://www.fin24.com/Business/Black-directors-arrive-on-JSE. [2016 March 29]

Silverman, D. 2007. A Very Short, Fairly Interesting and Reasonably Cheap Book

About Qualitative Research. London: Sage.

Simon, D. 2005. Contextualizing South African Local Economic Development within

Current Development Debates: The international setting. In E. L Nel and C. M

Rogerson. Eds. Local Economic Development in the Developing World,

Transaction Publishers. New Brunswick, pp. 17 - 35.

Singh, H. 2001. Ethnic conflict in Malaysia revisited. Commonwealth and

Page 262: A CRITICAL REVIEW OF BROAD BASED BLACK ECONOMIC

243

Comparative Politics, Vol. 39(1): 42-43.

Skills Development Act 97 Of 1998.

Snape D. & Spencer L. 2003. The foundations of qualitative research. In Qualitative

Research Practice: a Guide for Social Science Researchers and Students.J,

Ritchie, & J. Lewis. Eds. SAGE Publications Ltd. London. 1–23.

Sotirov, M. & Memmler, M. 2010:4.The Advocacy Coalition Framework in Natural

Resource Policy Studies – Recent Experiences and Further Prospects. Available:

https://www.sciencedirect.com/science/article/pii/S1389934111000876. [2016

August, 22]

Spector, B. I. 1997. Policy Implementation, Conflict, and Dispute Resolution. Working

Papers. Working Paper. USAID‟s Implementing Policy Change Project No 11

Standard Bank, 2008. BBBEEexplained: An easy guide to understanding Broad

Based Black Economic Empowerment. Standard Bank

STATSSA, 2014. Poverty Trends in South Africa .An examination of absolute

poverty between 2006 and 2011. Statistics South Africa

Steyn, L. 2015. SA‘s skills deficit has a negative effect on employment . Available:

http://mg.co.za/article/2015-05-18-sas-skills-deficit-has-a-negative-effect-on-

employment . [2016 February 7]

Sutcliffe, J. 2007. Black economic empowerment: Empowerment in SA paying

healthy dividends. Human Capital Management. Vol 4: 26-45.

Tachie-Menson, R. 2011. Black ownership exceeds BEE code targets – JSE. Available

:http://www.moneyweb.co.za/archive/black-ownership-exceeds-bee-code-

targets-jse/. [2016 January 21]

Page 263: A CRITICAL REVIEW OF BROAD BASED BLACK ECONOMIC

244

Tan, T. W. 1982. Income Distribution and Determination in West Malaysia. Kuala

Lumpur: Oxford University Press.

Tandy, P. 1992. Stutterheim Case Study. Corplan discussion document,

East London

Teh, Y. K. 2002. Money politics in Malaysia. Journal of Contemparary Asia,

Vol. 32(3):338-345.

The Department of Trade and Industry, 2005. Broad-Based Black Economic

Empowerment Act. Section 9(5): Codes Of Good Practice. DTI.

Theobald, S. 2015. Measuring black ownership on JSE. Available:

http://www.bdlive.co.za/opinion/columnists/2015/03/16/on-the-money-measuring-

black-ownership-on-jse. [2016 January 20]

Theodoulou, S & Cahn, M. 2004. Policy Change and Termination. In Public Policy. The

Essential Readings.S. Theodoulou & M. Cahn. 2013. Eds. 2nd Edition.

Pearson Education, Inc.: New York.

The World Bank, 2010. China Forest Policy – Deepening the Transition,

Broadening the Relationship. Washington D.C.

Thomas, G. 1996. Policy Subsystems, the Advocacy Coalition Framework and the US

Civilian Land Remote Sensing (Landsat) Policy [Lecture]. Western Political

Science Association, San Francisco, CA. 14-16 March.

Timeslive, 2014. Majority JSE-listed companies' CEOs, CFOs are white males: survey.

Available: http://www.timeslive.co.za/local/2014/10/15/majority-jse-listed-

companies-ceos-cfos-are-white-males-survey. [2016 January 30]

Tipton, F. B. 1998. The Rise of Asia: Economics, Society, and Politics in

Page 264: A CRITICAL REVIEW OF BROAD BASED BLACK ECONOMIC

245

Contemporary Asia. Honolulu: University of Hawaii Press.

Toh, K. W. 1982. The State in Economic Development: A Case Study of

Malaysia‟s New Economic Policy. Ph.D. Thesis, University of Malaya.

Tomlinson, R., 2003: The local economic development mirage in South Africa,

Geoforum, 34(1), 113 – 122.

Trevor Chandler & Associates, 2011. Black Ownership Of The Jse. Available:

phx.corporate-ir.net/External.File?item...t=1. [2016 January 21]

Tsang, W. K. 2013. Policy Process Studies: Policy Implementation. Available:

www.fed.cuhk.edu.hk/~wktsang/edm6209/.../2013-Topic10-PolicyImplementation

[2016, August 7]

Tshetu, N. T., 2014. An analysis of Black Economic Empowerment (BEE) Owned

Companies‟ Success stories. Master Dissertation. Gordon Institute of Business

Science. University of Pretoria.

Turnbull, J. W. 2007. Development of sustainable forestry plantations in China: a review

Canberra: Australian Centre for International Agricultural Research.

Turok, B. 2006. BEE transactions and their unintended consequences, New Agenda.

SouthAfrican Journal of Social and Economic Policy. Vol 22: 59–64.

Van Manen, M. 1997. Researching lived experience: Human Science for an Action

Sensitive Pedagogy . 2nd edition. London, ON: Althouse Press.

Van Meter, D. S. & Van Horn, C. E. 1975. The Policy Implementation Process.

Administration and Society. 3(4): 445-488.

Van Rensburg, A. J. 2010. The constitutional framework for Broad-Based Black

Economic Empowerment. Phd Thesis. University of Free State.

Page 265: A CRITICAL REVIEW OF BROAD BASED BLACK ECONOMIC

246

Visser A., & Allix M. 2014. Prosecution looms over collusion on stadiums.

http://www.bdlive.co.za/business/trade/2014/11/12/prosecution-looms-over-

collusion-on-stadiums. [2016 February 12]

Warwick, D. P. 1982. Bitter Pills: Population Policies and their Implementation in Eight

Developing Countries. Cambridge: Cambridge University Press.

Webb, W.N. & Auriacombe, C.J. 2006. Research design in public administration: critical

considerations. Journal of Public Administration. 41(3.1):588-602.

Weber, R. 2004. The Rhetoric of Positivism Versus Interpretivism: A Personal View.

MIS Quarterly. Vol. 28 No. 1: i-xii.

Welman, C., Kruger, F. & Mitchel, B. 2005. Research Methodology. 3rd Edition Cape

Town, HRSC Press, South Africa.

Werksmans Attorneys, 2014. Ammendments to the BBBEE Act and the codes

Explained. Available: www.werksmans.com/ [2016 Februay 17]

Whah, C. Y, & Guan, T. C. 2015. Malaysia‘s Protracted Affirmative Action Policy

and the Evolving Bumiputera Commercial and Industrial Community.

ISEAS Economics Working Paper no. 3. Universiti Sains Malaysia: Usof

Ishak Institute

Williams, I & Shearer, H. 2011. Appraising Public Value: Past, Present and Futures.

Malden, MA. Blackwell Publishing Ltd.

Winter, S. C. 2003. Implementation. In Handbook of Public Administration. B. G Peter &

J. Pierre. Eds. London. Thousand Oaks. New Delhi. Sage .206-214.

Witesman, E. 2016. From Public Values to Public Value and Back Again [Lecture].

Romney Institute of Public Management: Brigham Young University. January 7.

Page 266: A CRITICAL REVIEW OF BROAD BASED BLACK ECONOMIC

247

Wolmarans, H. & Sartorius, K. 2009. Corporate social responsibility: the financial

Impact of Black Economic Empowerment transactions in South Africa. South

African Journal of Economic and Management Sciences. 12(2): 180–193.

Woods, G. G. 2008. Financial Management and cost accounting. Cape

Town: University of Stellenbosch.

World Bank, 2011. Accountability in Public Services in South Africa. Selected Issues.

Available:siteresources.worldbank.org/INTSOUTHAFRICA/.../Accountability_in_

Public_Service_provision. [2016, December 19]

World Bank, 2010. Excellent policies—unintended failures. Available:

siteresources.worldbank.org/.../Resources/South_Africa_policy_briefs_overview.

pdf [2016, October 26].

World Bank, 2004. Malaysia: 30 Years of Poverty Reduction, Growth and Racial

Harmony [lecture]. Shanghai, 25-27 May.

Worklaw, 2006. Code Of Good Practice: Who Is An Employee. GN 1774 in GG 29445

of 1 December 2006. http://www.worklaw.co.za/SearchDirectory/

Codes_Of_Good_Practice/staff.asp . [2016 February 2].

Xiao, W., Dai, G. & Zhang, S. 2010. China‘s Strategy and Financing for Forestry

Sustainable Development. Country Case Study. UNFF Ad hoc Expert Group on

Forest Financing, Beijing.

Yang, G. 2005. Environmental NGOs and Institutional Dynamics in China. The China

Quarterly; Vol. 2:46-66.

Yin, R. K. 2011. Qualitative Research from Start to Finish. New York: The Guilford

Press.

Page 267: A CRITICAL REVIEW OF BROAD BASED BLACK ECONOMIC

248

Zaaijer, M., & Sara, L.M. 1993. Local economic development as an instrument for urban

poverty alleviation: a case from Lima, Peru. Third World Planning Review,

15:127-142. 0459621245/ 0459621193/

Zondo, S. 2008. Nhleko‟s passion is catching. Business Times: Trailblazers, 28

September: 2.

Zungu, S. 2011. Africa confidential. City Press 9 October: 11

Page 268: A CRITICAL REVIEW OF BROAD BASED BLACK ECONOMIC

249

APPENDIX

Page 269: A CRITICAL REVIEW OF BROAD BASED BLACK ECONOMIC

250